CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
485APOS, 1996-02-29
Previous: ANCHOR RESOURCE & COMMODITY TRUST, NSAR-A, 1996-02-29
Next: CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II, 24F-2NT, 1996-02-29



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 29, 1996
    

                                              1933 Act Registration No. 33-83020
                                              1940 Act Registration No. 811-8714
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-4
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933          /X/

                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 4                      /X/
    

                                      and

        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940      /X/
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 5                              /X/
    

                    CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
                           (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)

                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              (NAME OF DEPOSITOR)

              900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152
              (ADDRESS OF DEPOSITOR'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

               DEPOSITOR'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE
                                 (860) 726-6000

<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>
                                           COPY TO:
Robert A. Picarello, Esquire               George N. Gingold, Esquire
Connecticut General Life Insurance
 Company                                   197 King Philip Drive
900 Cottage Grove Road                     West Hartford, CT 06117-1409
Hartford, Connecticut 06152
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF
 AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>

            Approximate date of proposed public offering: Continuous

                    It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
   
                    _________  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
                    of Rule 485
                    _______  on September 22, 1995 pursuant to paragraph (b) of
                    Rule 485
                    _________  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of
                    Rule 485
                    ___X___  on May 1, 1996, pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule
                    485
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                              PURSUANT TO RULE 495
                  SHOWING LOCATION IN PART A (PROSPECTUS) AND
                  PART B (STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
         OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY FORM N-4
                                     PART A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                                          PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
 1.  Cover Page......................................  Cover Page
 2.  Definitions.....................................  Definitions
 3.  Synopsis........................................  Highlights; Fees and Expenses
 4.  Condensed Financial Information.................  Condensed Financial Information
 5.  General.........................................
     (a) Depositor...................................  The Company, the Variable Account and the Fixed Account
     (b) Registrant..................................  The Company, the Variable Account and the Fixed Account
     (c) Portfolio Company...........................  The Funds
     (d) Fund Prospectus.............................  The Funds
     (e) Voting Rights...............................  The Funds -- Voting Rights
 6.  Deductions and Expenses
     (a) General.....................................  Charges and Deductions
     (b) Sales Load %................................  Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Contingent
                                                        Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)
     (c) Special Purchase Plan.......................  N/A
     (d) Commissions.................................  Distribution of the Contracts
     (e) Fund Expenses...............................  Fees and Expenses -- Fund Annual Expenses
     (f) Organizational Expenses.....................  N/A
 7.  Contracts
     (a) Persons with Rights.........................  Other Contract Features (Ownership, Assignment,
                                                        Beneficiary, Change of Beneficiary, Annuitant,
                                                        Surrenders, Death of Owner, Death of Annuitant);
                                                        Annuity Provisions; Voting Rights
     (b) (i) Allocation of Premium Payments..........  Premium Payments and Contract Value -- Allocation of
                                                        Premium Payments
     (ii) Transfers..................................  Transfer of Contract Values Between Sub-Accounts
     (iii) Exchanges.................................  N/A
     (c) Changes.....................................  Modification; Substitution of Securities; Change in
                                                        Operation of Variable Account
     (d) Inquiries...................................  Cover Page; Highlights
 8.  Annuity Period..................................  Annuity Provisions
 9.  Death Benefit...................................  Death of the Owner; Death of the Annuitant;
10.  Purchase and Contract Values
     (a) Purchases...................................  Premium Payments
     (b) Valuation...................................  Contract Value; Accumulation Unit;
     (c) Daily Calculation...........................  Accumulation Unit; Allocation of Premium Payments
     (d) Underwriter.................................  Distribution of the Contracts
11.  Redemptions
     (a) By Owners...................................  Surrenders
     By Annuitant....................................  Annuity Provisions -- Variable Options
     (b) Texas ORP...................................  N/A
     (c) Check Delay.................................  Delay of Payments
     (d) Lapse.......................................  N/A
     (e) Free Look...................................  Highlights
12.  Taxes...........................................  Tax Status
13.  Legal Proceedings...............................  Legal Proceedings
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                                          PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
14.  Table of Contents for the Statement of
      Additional Information.........................  Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
                                                        Information
</TABLE>

                                     PART B

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                             STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
15.  Cover Page......................................  Cover Page
16.  Table of Contents...............................  Table of Contents
17.  General Information and History.................  a) N/A
                                                       b) N/A
                                                       c) (Prospectus) The Company, the Variable Account, and
                                                          the Fixed Account
18.  Services
     (a) Fees and Expenses of Registrant.............  N/A
     (b) Management Contracts........................  N/A
     (c) Custodian...................................  Custody of Assets
     Independent Accountant..........................  Experts
     (d) Assets of Registrant........................  N/A
     (e) Affiliated Person...........................  N/A
     (f) Principal Underwriter.......................  N/A
19.  Purchase of Securities Being Offered............  Distribution of the Contracts
     Offering Sales Load.............................  Distribution of the Contracts; (Prospectus) Deductions
                                                        and Charges -- Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales
                                                        Charge (Sales Load)
20.  Underwriters....................................  Distribution of the Contracts; (Prospectus) Distribution
                                                       of the Contracts
21.  Calculation of Performance Data.................  Investment Experience; Historical Performance Data
22.  Annuity Payments................................  (Prospectus) Annuity Provisions
23.  Financial Statements............................  Financial Statements
</TABLE>

                          PART C -- OTHER INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4                                                            PART C CAPTION
- -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                               <C>
24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits...............  Financial Statements and Exhibits
     (a) Financial Statements........................  Financial Statements
     (b) Exhibits....................................  Exhibits
25.  Directors and Officers of the Depositor.........  Directors and Officers of the Depositor
26.  Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control
      with the Depositor or Registrant...............  Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the
                                                        Depositor or Registrant
27.  Number of Owners................................  Number of Owners
28.  Indemnification.................................  Indemnification
29.  Principal Underwriters..........................  Principal Underwriter
30.  Location of Accounts and Records................  Location of Accounts and Records
31.  Management Services.............................  Management Services
32.  Undertakings....................................  Undertakings
     Signature Page..................................  Signatures
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                               PART A. PROSPECTUS
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                                                     [LOGO]
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II

   
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>
  HOME OFFICE LOCATION:      MAILING ADDRESS:
  900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD     CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
  HARTFORD, CT 06152         VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: ROUTING S-249
                             HARTFORD, CT 06152 - 2249
                             (800) (552-9898)
</TABLE>
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The  Flexible Payment Deferred Variable  Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this  prospectus provide  for accumulation of  Contract Values  and
eventual  payment of monthly annuity payments on  a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals  in long term planning for  retirement
or  other long term  purposes. The Contracts are  available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under  the
Internal  Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See "Tax Status -- Qualified Plans.") Premium payments for
the  Contracts  will  be  allocated  to  a  segregated  investment  account   of
Connecticut  General  Life  Insurance  Company  (the  "Company"),  designated CG
Variable Annuity Separate Account II (the  "Variable Account"), or to the  Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.

    The  following funding options  are available under  a Contract: Through the
Variable Account, the Company  offers seventeen diversified open-end  management
investment  companies  (commonly called  mutual  funds), each  with  a different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio, Alger  American Leveraged  AllCap  Portfolio, Alger  American  MidCap
Growth   Portfolio  and  Alger  American  Growth  Portfolio;  Fidelity  Variable
Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income  Portfolio and Money Market  Portfolio;
Fidelity  Variable Insurance Products Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
and Asset Manager Portfolio;  MFS Variable Insurance Trust  -- MFS Total  Return
Series,  MFS  Utilities Series  and MFS  World  Governments Series;  Neuberger &
Berman Advisers Management  Trust -- Balanced  Portfolio, Limited Maturity  Bond
Portfolio  and Partners Portfolio; Quest for  Value Accumulation Trust -- Global
Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio. The fixed  interest
option  offered  under a  Contract  is the  Fixed  Account. Premium  payments or
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account, and 3% interest per year thereon,  are
guaranteed,  and additional interest  may be credited,  with certain withdrawals
subject to a market value adjustment and withdrawal charges. Unless specifically
mentioned, this prospectus only describes the variable investment options.

   
    This entire prospectus,  and those of  the Funds, should  be read  carefully
before  investing to understand  the Contracts being  offered. The "Statement of
Additional Information" dated May 1, 1996, available at no charge by calling  or
writing  the Company's Variable Products Service Center as shown above, provides
further information. Its table of contents is at the end of this prospectus.
    

    THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY  WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT  PROSPECTUSES
OF  THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE  AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR  THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
                         PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
DEFINITIONS....................................          3
HIGHLIGHTS.....................................          6
FEES AND EXPENSES..............................          8
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION................         11
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT...........         11
THE FUNDS......................................         12
  General......................................         14
  Substitution of Securities...................         14
  Voting Rights................................         15
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND
 CONTRACT VALUE................................         15
  Premium Payments.............................         15
  Allocation of Premium Payments...............         15
  Dollar Cost Averaging........................         16
  Automatic Rebalancing........................         17
  Contract Value...............................         17
  Accumulation Unit............................         17
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.........................         18
  Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales
   Charge (Sales Load).........................         18
  Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk
   Charge......................................         19
  Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge..         19
  Deduction for Annuity Account Fee............         20
  Deduction for Premium Tax Equivalents........         20
  Deduction for Income Taxes...................         20
  Deduction for Fund Expenses..................         20
  Deduction for Transfer Fee...................         20
  Deduction for Optional Death Benefit.........         21
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES........................         22
  Ownership....................................         22
  Assignment...................................         23
  Beneficiary..................................         23
  Change of Beneficiary........................         23
  Annuitant....................................         23
  Transfer of Contract Values between
   Sub-Accounts................................         23
  Procedures for Telephone Transfers...........         24
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals...........         25
  Delay of Payments and Transfers..............         25
  Death of the Contract Owner before the
   Annuity Date................................         26
  Death of the Annuitant before the Annuity
   Date........................................         26

<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>

  Death of the Annuitant after the
   Annuity Date................................         26
  Change in Operation of Variable Account......         26
  Modification.................................         27
  Discontinuance...............................         27
ANNUITY PROVISIONS.............................         27
  Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
   Annuity Option..............................         27
  Annuity Options..............................         28
  Fixed Options................................         28
  Variable Options.............................         28
  Evidence of Survival.........................         29
  Endorsement of Annuity Payments..............         29
THE FIXED ACCOUNT..............................         29
  Market Value Adjustment......................         32
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..................         33
PERFORMANCE DATA...............................         33
  Money Market Sub-Account.....................         33
  Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts..........         33
  Performance Ranking or Rating................         34
TAX STATUS.....................................         34
  General......................................         34
  Diversification..............................         35
  Distribution Requirements....................         36
  Multiple Contracts...........................         36
  Tax Treatment of Assignments.................         36
  Withholding..................................         36
  Section 1035 Exchanges.......................         37
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Non-Qualified
   Contracts...................................         37
  Qualified Plans..............................         37
  Section 403(b) Plans.........................         38
  Individual Retirement Annuities..............         38
  Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
   and H.R. 10 Plans...........................         38
  Deferred Compensation Plans..................         38
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
   Contracts...................................         39
APPENDIX I.....................................         40
  Illustration of the Cost of Optional Death
   Benefits....................................         40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................         41
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..............................         41
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF
 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................         41
</TABLE>

2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS

                    ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
                    the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
                    becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
                    surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.

                    ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
                    value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
                    the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
                    Date.

                    ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
                    whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
                    definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
                    the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
                    becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.

                    ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
                    point in time.

                    ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.

                    ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
                    are made.

                    ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.

                    ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
                    of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
                    in the variable portion of the Contract on and after the
                    Annuity Date.

                    BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
                    must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
                    Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.

                    CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                    COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.

                    CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
                    prospectus.

                    CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
                    Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
                    also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
                    period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
                    Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
                    Effective Date.

                    CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
                    to the next.

                    CONTRACT OWNER (OR OWNER): The person(s) initially
                    designated in the application or otherwise, unless later
                    changed, as having all ownership rights under the Contract.

                    FIXED ACCOUNT: The portion of the Contract under which
                    principal is guaranteed and interest is credited. Fixed
                    Account Assets are maintained in the Company's General
                    Account and not allocated to the Variable Account.

                    FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
                    to dollar amount.

                    FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
                    American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
                    Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
                    Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity
                    Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Equity-Income
                    Portfolio and VIP Money Market Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
                    Insurance Products Fund II -- VIP II Investment Grade Bond
                    Portfolio and VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio; MFS Variable
                    Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return Series, MFS Utilities
                    Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman
                    Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited
                    Maturity Bond Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; Quest for
                    Value Accumulation Trust -- Quest Global Equity Portfolio,
                    Quest

                                                                               3
<PAGE>
                    Managed Portfolio and Quest Small Cap Portfolio. Each is an
                    open-end management investment company (mutual fund) whose
                    shares are available to fund the benefits provided by the
                    Contract.

                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
                    the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
                    Period.

                    GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
                    an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
                    credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
                    are issued, this period may be one, three, five, seven or
                    ten years, as elected by the Owner.

                    GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
                    Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
                    Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
                    interest thereon).

                    INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
                    Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.

                    IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
                    and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
                    Center.

                    MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DATE: The monthly anniversary of the
                    Effective Date, as shown on the specifications page of the
                    Contract, when the Company makes the monthly calculation of
                    any charge for the Optional Death Benefit.

                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
                    a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
                    income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
                    457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
                    person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
                    Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
                    annuity.

                    PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract. The term
                    includes an Annuitant, a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to
                    benefits upon the death of the Annuitant, and the Owner's
                    estate.

                    PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
                    good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
                    Contract. Premium Payment includes the initial Premium
                    Payment and subsequent Premium Payments.

                    QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
                    retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
                    treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.

                    SEVEN YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Contract Anniversary and
                    each succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any seven
                    year interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th, 21st
                    and 28th Contract Anniversaries.

                    SHARES: Shares of a Fund.

                    SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
                    with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
                    invests in shares of a specific Fund.

                    SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
                    representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
                    any applicable withdrawal charges, market value adjustment,
                    contract fees, or premium tax equivalents) is paid to the
                    Owner. After a full surrender, all of the Owner's rights
                    under the Contract are terminated. In this prospectus, the
                    terms "surrender" and "withdrawal" are used interchangeably.

                    SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
                    election to surrender the Contract.

4
<PAGE>
                    VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
                    valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
                    Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
                    which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
                    emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
                    disposal of securities is not practicable.

                    VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
                    following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
                    Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
                    in length.

                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
                    separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
                    which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
                    of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
                    Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
                    chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.

                    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period.

                    VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Annuity Period, to
                    determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.

                    VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: The office of the Company
                    to which Premium Payments should be sent, notices given and
                    any customer service requests made. Mailing address: CIGNA
                    Individual Insurance, Variable Products Service Center,
                    Routing S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249.

                                                                               5
<PAGE>
HIGHLIGHTS

                    Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
                    Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
                    which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
                    Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
                    invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
                    fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Contract Owners
                    bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the
                    Variable Account. The Contract's provisions may vary in some
                    states. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
                    Company's Variable Products Service Center.

                    The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
                    received. It can be mailed or delivered to either the
                    Company or the agent who sold it. Return of the Contract by
                    mail is effective on being postmarked, properly addressed
                    and postage prepaid. The Company will promptly refund the
                    Contract Value in states where permitted. This may be more
                    or less than the Premium Payment. In states where required,
                    the Company will promptly refund the Premium Payment, less
                    any partial surrenders. The Company has the right to
                    allocate initial Premium Payments to the Money Market
                    Sub-Account until the expiration of the right-to-examine
                    period. If the Company does so allocate an initial Premium
                    Payment, it will refund the greater of the Premium Payment,
                    less any partial surrenders, or the Contract Value. It is
                    the Company's current practice to directly allocate the
                    initial Premium Payment to the Fund(s) designated in the
                    application, unless state law requires a refund of Premium
                    Payments rather than of Annuity Account Value.

                    A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
                    deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
                    withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
                    on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
                    made. Contract Owners may, not more frequently than once
                    each Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen
                    percent (15%) of Premium Payments made, or any remaining
                    portion thereof, ("the Fifteen Percent Free") without
                    incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge will vary in amount, depending upon
                    the Contract Year in which the Premium Payment being
                    surrendered or withdrawn was made. For purposes of
                    determining the applicability of the Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge, surrenders and withdrawals are deemed to be on
                    a first-in, first-out basis.

                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
                    table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments.
                    There may also be a Market Value Adjustment on the Fixed
                    Account portion of the Contract.

                    There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
                    on an annual basis, to 1.20% of the average daily net assets
                    of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the Company
                    for assuming the mortality and expense risks under the
                    Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge"), other than the Optional
                    Death Benefit risk (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction
                    for Optional Death Benefit").

                    There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
                    an annual basis, to 0.10% of the average daily net assets of
                    the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge").

                    There is an annual Annuity Account Fee of $35 unless the
                    Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end
                    of the Contract Year (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Deduction for Annuity Account Fee").

                    There is a charge for any Optional Death Benefit Risk(s)
                    elected (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Optional Death Benefit").

6
<PAGE>
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
                    other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
                    Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Premium Taxes").

                    Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
                    transfer fee when a Contract Owner transfers Annuity Account
                    Values from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and
                    Deductions -- Deduction for Transfer Fee").

                    There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
                    applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
                    from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
                    imposed on amounts distributed:

                    (a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
                    of the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is not a
                    natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally
                    disabled (for this purpose, disability is as defined in
                    Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the Payee and his or her beneficiary; (e)
                    under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
                    Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982. For federal
                    income tax purposes, distributions are deemed to be on a
                    last-in, first-out basis. Different tax withdrawal penalties
                    and restrictions apply to Qualified Contracts issued
                    pursuant to plans qualified under Code Section 401, 403(b),
                    408 or 457. (See "Tax Status -- Tax Treatment of Withdrawals
                    -- Qualified Contracts.") For a further discussion of the
                    taxation of the Contracts, see "Tax Status."

   
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
                    or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
                    subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
                    Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
                    based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
                    to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
                    maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
                    ("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
                    Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
                    Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
                    transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
                    Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
                    Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
                    surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
                    time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
                    at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
                    application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
                    result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
                    not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
                    the end of the Guaranteed Period.
    

                                                                               7
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES

                    CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION FEES

                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
                    Payments):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS SINCE
                             PAYMENT        CHARGE
                          -------------     ------
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>
                                  0-1             7%
                                  1-2             6%
                                                        A Contract Owner may, not more frequently than once each
                                  2-3             5%    Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to 15% of Premium
                                  3-4             4%    Payments made, or the remaining portion thereof, without
                                  4-5             3%    incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
                                  5-6             2%
                                  6-7             1%
                                   7+             0
</TABLE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>  <C>
                 Transfer Fee........  $10

                 - Not imposed on the first three transfers during a Contract Year
                 or, if the Annuity Account Value is at least $5,000 at the time of
                   a transfer, on the fourth through twelfth transfers during a
                   Contract Year. Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or
                   automatic rebalancing transfers are not counted.
</TABLE>
    

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>                   <C>
                 Annuity Account       $35 per Contract Year
                 Fee.................

                 - Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract Year is $100,000 or
                 more.
</TABLE>

A Contract Owner may also elect the Optional Death Benefit(s) for which there is
a charge, prorated among the Sub-Accounts, which depends on the age and gender
classification (in accordance with state law) of the Owner (or the Annuitant, if
the Owner is a non-natural person) and on the dollar amount which is at risk.
(See "Deductions -- Optional Death Benefit.")

                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>          <C>
                     (as a percentage of average account
                     value)

                     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.......        1.20%
                     Administrative Expense Charge...........        0.10%
                                                                   ---
                     Total Variable Account Annual                   1.30%
                     Expenses................................
</TABLE>

8
<PAGE>
                    FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of Fund average net
                    assets).

                    The management fees for each Fund are based on a percentage
                    of that Fund's assets under management. The fees below
                    represent the amounts payable to the investment adviser of
                    each of the Funds on an annual basis as of the date of this
                    Prospectus, plus estimated other expenses. See "The Funds"
                    in this Prospectus and the discussion in each Fund's
                    prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   TOTAL
                                                      MANAGEMENT      OTHER       ANNUAL
                                                         FEES       EXPENSES     EXPENSES
                                                      -----------   ---------   -----------
<C>                   <S>                             <C>           <C>         <C>
   ALGER AMERICAN     Alger American Growth                  0.75%        0.11%        0.86%
                       Portfolio....................
       FUNDS          Alger American Leveraged               0.85%        0.94%*        1.79%
                       AllCap Portfolio.............
                                                             0.80%        0.17%        0.97%
                      Alger American MidCap Growth
                       Portfolio....................
                                                             0.85%        0.11%        0.96%
                      Alger American Small
                       Capitalization Portfolio.....
   FIDELITY FUNDS     Asset Manager Portfolio.......         0.72%        0.08%        0.80%(3)
                                                             0.52%        0.06%        0.58%(3)
                      Equity-Income Portfolio.......
                                                             0.46%        0.21%        0.67%
                      Investment Grade Bond
                       Portfolio....................
                                                             0.20%        0.07%        0.27%
                      Money Market Portfolio........
    MFS FUNDS(4)      MFS Total Return Series.......         0.75%        0.25%(4)        1.00%(4)
                                                             0.75%        0.25%(4)        1.00%(4)
                      MFS Utilities Series..........
                                                             0.75%        0.25%(4)        1.00%(4)
                      MFS World Governments
                       Series.......................
 NEUBERGER & BERMAN   AMT Balanced Portfolio........         0.80%        0.17%        0.97%
      FUNDS(1)        AMT Limited Maturity Bond              0.60%        0.13%        0.73%
                       Portfolio....................
                                                             0.80%        0.50%        1.30%
                      AMT Partners Portfolio(2).....
  QUEST FOR VALUE     Quest Global Equity                    0.75%        0.50%        1.25%
                       Portfolio....................
      FUNDS**         Quest Managed Portfolio.......         0.60%        0.06%        0.66%
                                                             0.60%        0.14%        0.74%
                      Quest Small Cap Portfolio.....
<FN>
                         * Includes 0.75% estimated Interest Expense.
                        ** The expenses for the Quest Managed, Small Cap and
                           Global Equity Portfolios will be voluntarily limited
                           by Quest for Value Advisors so that annualized
                           operating fund expenses do not exceed 0.66%, 0.74%,
                           and 1.25% for the Quest Managed, Small Cap and Global
                           Equity Portfolios, respectively, through December 31,
                           1995. Variations in the actual amount of average
                           assets in any of these Portfolios during 1995 can
                           cause significant variations in expenses expressed as
                           a percentage of that Portfolio's average net assets.
                           It is estimated by Quest management that by the end
                           of 1995, the net assets of each of these Portfolios
                           will be sufficient such that the total annual
                           expenses of each Portfolio will, on an annualized
                           basis, be approximately equal to, if not less than,
                           the voluntary limits.
                         (1) Until May 1, 1995, all of these Portfolios had a
                             Distribution Plan ("Plan") pursuant to Rule 12b-1
                             which provided for the reimbursement of N&B
                             Management for certain Trust distribution expenses
                             up to a maximum of 0.25% on an annual basis of each
                             Portfolio's average daily net assets. The "Total
                             Annual Expenses" shown here for each AMT Portfolio
                             would be increased by 0.02% if the 12b-1 fees for
                             the months of January through April, 1995 were
                             taken into account.
                         (2) Other Expenses, and therefore Total Annual
                             Expenses, have been estimated and are annualized
                             for the Partners Portfolio.
                         (3) A portion of the brokerage commissions the Porfolio
                             paid was used to reduce its expenses. Without this
                             reduction, "Total Annual Expenses" would have been
                             0.81% for Asset Manager Portfolio and 0.60% for
                             Equity-Income Portfolio.
                         (4) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to
                             reimbursement, expenses for each of the Total
                             Return Series and Utilities Series, such that each
                             Series' aggregate operating expense shall not
                             exceed, on an annualized basis, 1.00% of the
                             average daily net assets of the Series from
                             November 2, 1994 through December 31, 1998, 1.25%
                             of the average daily net assets of the Series from
                             January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, and
                             1.50% of the average daily net assets of the Series
                             from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2004;
                             provided however, that this obligation may be
                             terminated or revised at any time. Absent this
                             expense arrangement, "Other Expenses" and "Total
                             Annual Expenses" would be 0.62% and 1.37%,
                             respectively, for the Total Return Series, and
                             0.93% and 1.58%, respectively, for the Utilities
                             Series, based upon estimated expenses for the
                             Series' current fiscal year. The Adviser has agreed
                             to bear, subject to reimbursement, until December
                             31, 2004, expenses of the World Governments Series
                             such that the Series' aggregate operating expenses
                             do not exceed 1.00%, on an annualized basis, of its
                             average daily net assets. Absent this expense
                             arrangement, "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual
                             Expenses" for the World Governments Series would be
                             0.63% and 1.38%, respectively.
</TABLE>

                                                                               9
<PAGE>
                    The purpose of the foregoing Table on page 9 of this
                    Prospectus is to assist the Contract Owner in understanding
                    the various costs and expenses that a Contract Owner will
                    incur, directly or indirectly. For additional information,
                    see the discussion in each Fund's prospectus. Premium tax
                    equivalents and charges for the Optional Death Benefit(s),
                    if elected, are not reflected in the Table, though they may
                    apply.

                    EXAMPLES

                    The Contract Owner would pay the following expenses on a
                    $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets,
                    and assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the
                    Variable Account:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                     1. IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME
                      PERIOD:
                     Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio.....................   $      84    $     117    $     154    $     274
                     Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........................   $      92    $     142    $     194    $     353
                     Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............................   $      84    $     118    $     154    $     275
                     Alger Growth Portfolio...................................   $      83    $     114    $     149    $     264
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio.....................   $      80    $     106    $     134    $     235
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio......................   $      77    $      96    $     118    $     202
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio..........   $      81    $     109    $     139    $     244
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio..................   $      82    $     113    $     145    $     257
                     MFS Total Return Series..................................   $      84    $     119    $     156    $     278
                     MFS Utilities Series.....................................   $      84    $     119    $     156    $     278
                     MFS World Governments Series.............................   $      84    $     119    $     156    $     278
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio...................................   $      84    $     118    $     154    $     275
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio......................   $      82    $     110    $     142    $     250
                     AMT Partners Portfolio...................................   $      87    $     128    $     170    $     307
                     Quest For Value Global Equity Portfolio..................   $      87    $     126    $     168    $     302
                     Quest For Value Managed Portfolio........................   $      81    $     108    $     138    $     243
                     Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio......................   $      82    $     111    $     142    $     251
</TABLE>

                    2.  IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS
                    ANNUITIZED:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                     Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio.....   $      24    $      75    $     128    $     274
                     Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........   $      33    $      99    $     169    $     353
                     Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............   $      24    $      75    $     129    $     275
                     Alger Growth Portfolio...................   $      23    $      72    $     123    $     264
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio.....   $      21    $      63    $     109    $     235
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio......   $      17    $      54    $      93    $     202
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond
                      Portfolio...............................   $      21    $      66    $     113    $     244
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager
                      Portfolio...............................   $      23    $      70    $     120    $     257
                     MFS Total Return Series..................   $      25    $      76    $     130    $     278
                     MFS Utilities Series.....................   $      25    $      76    $     130    $     278
                     MFS World Governments Series.............   $      25    $      76    $     130    $     278
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio...................   $      24    $      75    $     129    $     275
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio......   $      22    $      68    $     116    $     250
                     AMT Partners Portfolio...................   $      28    $      85    $     145    $     307
                     Quest For Value Global Equity
                      Portfolio...............................   $      27    $      84    $     142    $     302
                     Quest For Value Managed Portfolio........   $      21    $      66    $     113    $     243
                     Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio......   $      22    $      68    $     117    $     251
</TABLE>

                    The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
                    understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
                    indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
                    Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
                    which are subject to expense reimbursement arrangements
                    which may be subject to change. See the Funds' Prospectuses.
                    In addition to the expenses listed above, charges for
                    premium tax equivalents and charges for any Optional Death
                    Benefit(s) selected may be applicable.

10
<PAGE>
                    These examples reflect the annual $35 Annuity Account Fee as
                    an annual charge of .14% of assets, based upon an
                    anticipated average Annuity Account Value of $25,000.

   
                    THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
                    PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
                    OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
    

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   
                    The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
                    There follows, for each of the seventeen Variable Account
                    Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts, information
                    regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit values from
                    date of inception through December 31, 1995 and the number
                    of Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31, 1995:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      NUMBER OF
                                                                                                     ACCUMULATION
                                                                    ACCUMULATION     ACCUMULATION       UNITS
                                                                   UNIT BEGINNING     UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING
                                      SUB-ACCOUNT                       VALUE         AT 12/31/95     12/31/95
                      -------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------
<C>                   <S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C>
                      Alger American Growth Portfolio                     10.00         12.385784       311,649
                      Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio           10.00         13.895178        87,024
                      Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio              10.00         13.106537       155,535
                      Alger American Small Cap Portfolio                  10.00         13.092181       249,882
                      Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio                10.00         12.128673       539,741
                      Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio                 10.00         10.245402       680,856
                      Fidelity VIP II: Asset Manager Portfolio            10.00         11.280365        62,375
                      Fidelity VIP II: Invest Grade Bond
                       Portfolio                                          10.00         10.541110       144,347
                      MFS Total Return Series                             10.00         11.003903       148,985
                      MFS Utilities Series                                10.00         11.365171        45,129
                      MFS World Governments Series                        10.00         10.277969        33,344
                      AMT Balanced Portfolio                              10.00         10.269633        85,477
                      AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio                 10.00         10.547360       106,840
                      AMT Partners Portfolio                              10.00         12.122020       125,694
                      Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio             10.00         11.758951       139,287
                      Quest for Value Managed Portfolio                   10.00         11.143831       486,528
                      Quest for Value Small Cap Portfolio                 10.00         10.855343        58,004
<FN>
</TABLE>
    

   
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
    

   
                    THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
                    incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
                    the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
                    mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
                    (203) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
                    in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
                    The Company issues group and individual life and health
                    insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
                    wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
                    insurance business. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
                    of Connecticut General Corporation, Bloomfield, Connecticut.
                    Connecticut General Corporation is wholly-owned by CIGNA
                    Holdings Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania which is in turn
                    wholly-owned by CIGNA Corporation, Philadelphia,
                    Pennsylvania. Connecticut General Corporation is the holding
                    company of various insurance companies, one of which is
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
    

   
                    THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
                    by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
                    pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
                    Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
                    the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
                    assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
                    income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
                    held in relation to the Contracts described in this
                    Prospectus, to the extent necessary to meet the Company's
                    obligations thereunder. Although that portion of the assets
                    maintained in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
                    other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable
                    Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out
                    of any other
    

                                                                              11
<PAGE>
                    business conducted by the Company, all obligations arising
                    under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity
                    payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.

                    The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
                    trust under the 1940 Act and meets the definition of a
                    separate account under the federal securities laws.
                    Registration with the Commission does not involve
                    supervision of the management or investment practices or
                    policies of the Variable Account or of the Company by the
                    Commission.

                    The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
                    Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
                    of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
                    by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
                    distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
                    held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
                    additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
                    the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
                    death benefits, annuity account fees, mortality and expense
                    risk charges, administrative expense charges, the cost of
                    any Optional Death Benefit(s) and any applicable taxes will,
                    in effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund shares at
                    their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to
                    be deducted. The Variable Account will purchase and redeem
                    Fund shares on an aggregate basis and will be fully invested
                    in Fund shares at all times.

THE FUNDS

                    Each of the seventeen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account
                    is invested solely in shares of one of the seventeen Funds
                    available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
                    the Funds is a series of one of six Massachusetts or
                    Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
                    the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
                    diversified management investment company under the 1940
                    Act.

                    The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
                    are:

                        Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
                        Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
                        10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
                        Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
                        07302;

                        Variable Insurance Products Fund I ("Fidelity Trust I"),
                        and Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity Trust
                        II"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
                        and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
                        Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;

                        MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust"), managed by
                        Massachusetts Financial Services Company and distributed
                        by MFS Investor Services, Inc., 500 Boylston Street,
                        Boston, MA 02116;

                        Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("Neuberger
                        & Berman AMT Trust"), managed and distributed by
                        Neuberger & Berman Management Incorporated, 605 Third
                        Avenue, New York, NY 10158-0006;

                        Quest for Value Accumulation Trust ("Quest for Value
                        Trust"), managed by Quest for Value Advisors and
                        distributed by Quest for Value Distributors, One World
                        Financial Center, New York, NY 10281.

                    Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Alger American Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
                        Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.

12
<PAGE>
                    Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust I are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio").
                        Money Market Portfolio ("Fidelity Money Market Fund").

                    Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust II are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Asset Manager Portfolio ("Fidelity Asset Manager
                    Portfolio");
                        Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Bond
                    Portfolio").

                    Three Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        MFS Total Return Series;
                        MFS Utilities Series;
                        MFS World Governments Series.

                    Three Funds of NEUBERGER & BERMAN AMT Trust are available
                    under the Contracts:
                        AMT Balanced Portfolio;
                        AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
                        AMT Partners Portfolio.

                    Three Funds of QUEST FOR VALUE Trust are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Quest Global Equity Portfolio;
                        Quest Managed Portfolio;
                        Quest Small Cap Portfolio.

                    The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
                    advisers are shown in the Fee Table at page 9 of this
                    Prospectus.

                    There follows a brief description of the investment
                    objective of each Fund. There can be no assurance that any
                    of the stated investment objectives will be achieved.

                    ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
                    appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
                    portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
                    total market capitalization of $1 billion or greater.

                    ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
                    capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
                    managed portfolio of equity securities, with the ability to
                    engage in leveraging (up to one-third of assets) and options
                    and futures transactions.

                    ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
                    capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
                    managed portfolio of equity securities, primarily of
                    companies with total market capitalization between $750
                    million and $3.5 billion.

                    ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
                    appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
                    portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
                    total market capitalization of less than $1 billion.

                    FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO: Seeks high total return
                    with reduced risk over the long-term by allocating its
                    assets among domestic and foreign stocks, bonds and short-
                    term fixed-income instruments.

                    FIDELITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks as high a level of current
                    income as is consistent with the preservation of capital by
                    investing in a broad range of investment-grade fixed-income
                    securities, with a dollar-weighted average portfolio
                    maturity of ten years or less.

                    FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO: Seeks reasonable income by
                    investing primarily in income-producing equity securities,
                    with some potential for capital appreciation, seeking to
                    exceed the composite yield on the securities comprising the
                    Standard and Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.

                    FIDELITY MONEY MARKET FUND: Seeks as high a level of current
                    income as is consistent with preserving capital and
                    providing liquidity, through investment in high quality U.S.
                    dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
                    foreign issuers.

                                                                              13
<PAGE>
                    MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES: Seeks primarily to obtain
                    above-average income, (compared to a portfolio entirely
                    invested in equity securities) consistent with the prudent
                    employment of capital, and secondarily to provide a
                    reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.

                    MFS UTILITIES SERIES: Seeks capital growth and current
                    income (income above that obtainable from a portfolio
                    invested entirely in equity securities).

                    MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES: Seeks not only preservation,
                    but also growth, of capital together with moderate current
                    income.

                    AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital growth and
                    reasonable current income without undue risk to principal.

                    AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks the highest
                    current income consistent with low risk to principal and
                    liquidity; and secondarily, enhanced total return through
                    capital appreciation when market factors, such as falling
                    interest rates and rising bond prices, indicate that capital
                    appreciation may be available without significant risk to
                    principal.

                    AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital growth.

                    QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
                    appreciation through a global investment strategy primarily
                    involving equity securities.

                    QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO: Seeks growth of capital over time
                    through investment in a portfolio of common stocks, bonds
                    and cash equivalents, the percentage of which will vary
                    based on management's assessments of relative investment
                    values.

                    QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital appreciation
                    through investments in a diversified portfolio of equity
                    securities of companies with market capitalizations of under
                    $1 billion.

   
                    The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio, Fidelity Asset Manager Portfolio, MFS Total
                    Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS World Governments
                    Series, Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio, Quest for
                    Value Managed Portfolio, and the Quest for Value Small Cap
                    Portfolio funds may invest in non-investment grade, high
                    yield, high-risk debt securities (commonly referred to as
                    "junk bonds"), as detailed in the individual fund
                    prospectuses.
    

                    GENERAL

                    There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
                    of the Funds will be met. Contract Owners bear the complete
                    investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
                    inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
                    among the Sub-Accounts. Contract Owners should read each
                    Fund's prospectus carefully and understand the Funds'
                    relative degrees of risk before making or changing
                    investment choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time,
                    be made available as investments to underlie the Contracts.
                    However, the right to make such selections will be limited
                    by the terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by
                    the Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value --
                    Allocation of Premium Payments").

                    SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES

                    If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
                    investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
                    the Company, further investment in such shares should become
                    inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
                    Company may substitute shares of another Fund. No
                    substitution of securities in any Sub-Account may take place
                    without prior approval of the Commission and under such
                    requirements as it may impose.

14
<PAGE>
                    VOTING RIGHTS

                    In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
                    Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
                    Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
                    the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
                    received from persons having the voting interest in the
                    Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
                    has not received instructions, as well as shares
                    attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
                    shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
                    not hold regular meetings of shareholders.

                    The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
                    be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
                    more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
                    particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
                    written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
                    the meeting.

   
                    The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
                    with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
                    policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
                    other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
                    any disadvantage to Contract Owners arising out of the fact
                    that shares may be made available to separate accounts which
                    are used in connection with both variable annuity and
                    variable life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts'
                    Boards intend to monitor events in order to identify any
                    material irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise
                    and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in
                    response thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of
                    the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a
                    Fund. This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities
                    at disadvantageous prices.
    

PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE

                    PREMIUM PAYMENTS

   
                    The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
                    payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
                    and in the amount selected by the Contract Owner. The
                    initial Premium Payment is due on the Effective Date. It
                    must be at least $2,500 ($2,000 for an Individual Retirement
                    Annuity under Section 408 of the Code). Subsequent Premium
                    Payments must be at least $100. These minimum amounts are
                    not waived for Qualified Plans. The Company reserves the
                    right to decline any application or Premium Payment. A
                    Premium Payment in excess of $1 million requires preapproval
                    by the Company.
    
                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive the minimum
                    payment requirements.

                    The Contract Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change
                    the frequency of Premium Payments.

                    ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

                    Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
                    appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
                    Fixed Account as selected by the Contract Owner. For each
                    Variable Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. The number of
                    Accumulation Units credited to the Contract is determined by
                    dividing the Premium Payment allocated to the Sub-Account by
                    the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.

                    The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
                    directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.

                    Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
                    instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
                    allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
                    given, the

                                                                              15
<PAGE>
                    allocation will be that which has been most recently
                    directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may change the
                    allocation of future payments without fee, penalty or other
                    charge upon written notice to the Variable Products Service
                    Center. A change will be effective for payments received on
                    or after receipt of the written notice of change.

   
                    Not less than 10% of any Premium Payment at the time of any
                    allocation may be allocated to a single Sub-Account, and no
                    allocation can be made which would result in a Variable
                    Account Sub-Account value of less than $500 or a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account value of less than $2,500. The Company
                    may, at its sole discretion, waive minimum premium
                    allocation or minimum Variable Account Sub-Account
                    requirements.
    

                    For initial Premium Payments, if the application for a
                    Contract is in good order, the Company will apply the
                    Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit the
                    Contract with Accumulation Units within two business days of
                    receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the Valuation
                    Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.

                    If the application for a Contract is not in good order, the
                    Company will attempt to get it in good order or the Company
                    will return the application and the Premium Payment within
                    five business days. The Company will not retain a Premium
                    Payment for more than five business days while processing an
                    incomplete application unless it has been so authorized by
                    the purchaser.

                    For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
                    such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
                    with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
                    the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
                    received in good order.

                    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

                    Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected,
                    enables a Contract Owner to systematically allocate
                    specified dollar amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account
                    or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account to the Contract's other
                    Sub-Accounts at regular intervals. By allocating on a
                    regularly scheduled basis as opposed to allocating the total
                    amount at one particular time, a Contract Owner may be less
                    susceptible to the impact of market fluctuations.

   
                    Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
                    Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account
                    value of at least $12,000. The minimum amount per month to
                    allocate is $1,000. All Dollar Cost Averaging transfers will
                    be made effective the twentieth of the month (or the next
                    Valuation Date if the twentieth of the month is not a
                    Valuation Date). Election into this program may occur at any
                    time by properly completing the Dollar Cost Averaging
                    election form, returning it to the Company so it is received
                    by the tenth of the month, to be effective that month, and
                    insuring that sufficient value is in the Money Market
                    Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account. Transfers to
                    the Fixed Account or from other than the One-Year Fixed
                    Sub-Account are not permitted under Dollar Cost Averaging.
                    The Company may at its sole discretion waive Dollar Cost
                    Averaging minimum deposit and transfer requirements.
    

                    Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
                    following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
                    been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
                    Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
                    complete the next transfer; (3) the Owner requests
                    termination in writing and such writing is received by the
                    tenth of the month in order to cancel the transfer scheduled
                    to take effect that month; or (4) the Contract is
                    surrendered.

16
<PAGE>
                    The Dollar Cost Averaging program may not be active
                    following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
                    Dollar Cost Averaging but the Company reserves the right to
                    charge for this program. In the event there are additional
                    transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
                    not intend to profit from any such charge.

   
                    AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
    

   
                    Automatic Rebalancing is an option that allows a Contract
                    Owner periodically to restore to a pre-determined level the
                    percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Variable
                    Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
                    Equity-Income, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined
                    allocation will be the allocation initially selected on the
                    application, unless subsequently changed. An allocation may
                    be changed at any time by submitting a request in writing to
                    the Company. If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net
                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account
                    Sub-Accounts must be included in the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option. The Fixed Account Sub-Account is not available for
                    Rebalancing.
    

   
                    Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
                    semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contract
                    Owner. Once the Rebalancing option is activated, any
                    Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the Rebalancing
                    option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing feature. The
                    Contract Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option at any time by submitting a request in writing to the
                    Company.
    

   
                    A Contract Owner may not have both the Dollar Cost Averaging
                    option and the Automatic Rebalancing option in effect at the
                    same time.
    

   
                    The Automatic Rebalancing program may not be active
                    following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
                    Automatic Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to
                    charge for this program. In the event there are additional
                    transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
                    not intend to profit from any such charge.
    

                    CONTRACT VALUE

                    The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
                    attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
                    Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
                    determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
                    attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
                    of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.

                    ACCUMULATION UNIT

                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
                    each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
                    for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
                    value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
                    $10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
                    Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
                    Valuation Period is determined by multiplying the
                    Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
                    preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
                    the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
                    calculated as follows:

                    The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
                    dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
                    result, where:

                                                                              17
<PAGE>
                    (A) Is the net result of:
                       (1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
                          for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
                          Valuation Period, plus
                       (2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
                          distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
                          in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
                          "ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
                          plus or minus
                       (3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
                          paid or reserved for by the Company during the
                          Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
                          to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account;
                    (B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
                        Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
                        the preceding Valuation Period; and
                    (C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
                        the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
                        the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
                        expenses.

                    The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
                    the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
                    24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.

CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

                    Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
                    Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
                    deductions are:

                    DEDUCTION FOR CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)

                    Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
                    will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
                    reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
                    with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
                    Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
                    of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
                    allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
                    first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by: (a) allocating
                    Premium Payments to the amount surrendered; (b) multiplying
                    each allocated Premium Payment that has been held under the
                    Contract for the period shown below by the charge shown
                    below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEARS SINCE
     PAYMENT           CHARGE
- ------------------     ------
<S>                 <C>
       0-1                   7%
       1-2                   6%
       2-3                   5%
       3-4                   4%
       4-5                   3%
       5-6                   2%
       6-7                   1%
        7+                   0
</TABLE>

                    and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
                    above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
                    Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
                    and Annuity Account Fee will be deducted before application
                    of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not
                    imposed on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to
                    an annuity option.

                    A Contract Owner may, not more frequently than once each
                    Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent
                    (15%) of Premium Payments, or any remaining portion thereof,
                    without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The
                    earliest

18
<PAGE>
                    Premium Payments remaining in the Contract will be deemed
                    withdrawn first under this Fifteen Percent Free, even if no
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge would have been assessed on
                    such a withdrawal. No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will
                    be deducted from Premium Payments which have been held under
                    the Contract for more than seven (7) Contract Years or as
                    annuity payments. The Company may also eliminate or reduce
                    the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge under the Company
                    procedures then in effect.

                    For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
                    otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
                    deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
                    the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
                    of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
                    made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
                    insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
                    net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
                    unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.

                    Commissions will be paid to broker-dealers who sell the
                    Contracts. Broker-dealers will be paid commissions, up to an
                    amount equal to 6.50% of Premium Payments, for promotional
                    or distribution expenses associated with the marketing of
                    the Contracts. To the extent that the Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge is insufficient to cover the actual cost of
                    distribution, the Company may use any of its corporate
                    assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any
                    difference.

                    DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
                    1.20% of the average daily net assets of the Variable
                    Account (consisting of approximately .70% for mortality
                    risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
                    mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
                    contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
                    Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
                    with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contracts. The expense
                    risk assumed by the Company is that all actual expenses
                    involved in administering the Contracts, including Contract
                    maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs, data
                    processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees,
                    and the costs of other services may exceed the amount
                    recovered from the Annuity Account Fee and the
                    Administrative Expense Charge.

                    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
                    cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
                    Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
                    sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
                    Company expects to profit from this charge.

                    The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
                    Company and cannot be increased.

                    DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
                    Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.10%
                    of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
                    This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
                    guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
                    Company will not derive a profit from this charge.

                                                                              19
<PAGE>
                    DEDUCTION FOR ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE

                    The Company deducts an annual Annuity Account Fee of $35
                    from the Annuity Account Value on the last Valuation Date of
                    each Contract Year. This charge is to reimburse the Company
                    for a portion of its administrative expenses (see above).
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, this charge is deducted by
                    cancelling Accumulation Units from each applicable
                    Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
                    bears to the total Annuity Account Value. When the Contract
                    is annuitized or surrendered for its full Surrender Value on
                    other than a Contract Anniversary, the Annuity Account Fee
                    will be prorated at the time of surrender. On and after the
                    Annuity Date, the Annuity Account Fee will be collected
                    proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) on which the
                    Variable Annuity payment is based, prorated on a monthly
                    basis and will result in a reduction of the annuity
                    payments. The Annuity Account Fee will be waived for any
                    Contract Year in which the Annuity Account Value equals or
                    exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of the
                    Contract Year.

                    DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS

                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
                    municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
                    against Annuity Account Value. Premium taxes currently
                    imposed by certain states on the Contracts offered hereby
                    range from 0% to 3.5% of Premiums paid. Some states assess
                    premium taxes at the time Premium Payments are made; others
                    assess premium taxes at the time annuity payments begin. The
                    Company will, in its sole discretion, determine when taxes
                    have resulted from: the investment experience of the
                    Variable Account; receipt by the Company of the Premium
                    Payment(s); or commencement of annuity payments. The Company
                    may, at its sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct
                    an equivalent amount reflecting investment experience from
                    the Annuity Account Value at a later date. Payment at an
                    earlier date does not waive any right the Company may have
                    to deduct amounts at a later date.

                    DEDUCTION FOR INCOME TAXES

                    While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
                    for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
                    to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
                    in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
                    of the operation of the Variable Account. The Company will
                    deduct for any income taxes incurred by it as a result of
                    the operation of the Variable Account whether or not there
                    was a provision for taxes and whether or not it was
                    sufficient.

                    DEDUCTION FOR FUND EXPENSES

                    There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
                    the assets of the Funds which are described in the
                    accompanying Funds' prospectuses.

                    DEDUCTION FOR TRANSFER FEE

   
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, a Contract Owner may transfer all
                    or a part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer
                    fee or charge if there have been no more than three
                    transfers made in the Contract Year (twelve if the Annuity
                    Account Value is at least $5000 at the time of a transfer.)
                    For additional transfers, the Company reserves the right to
                    deduct a transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer.
                    Prescheduled automatic dollar cost averaging transfers or
                    automatic rebalancing are not counted toward the twelve (or
                    three) transfer limit. The Company reserves the right to
                    charge a fee of up to $10 for each transfer after the
                    Annuity Date. The transfer fee at any given time will not be
                    set at a level greater than its cost and will contain no
                    element of profit.
    

20
<PAGE>
                    DEDUCTION FOR OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT

                    If no Optional Death Benefit is selected, the death benefit
                    under the Contract will be the Annuity Account Value as of
                    the date of payment of the death benefit. No additional
                    charge is imposed for that death benefit.

   
                    For an additional charge, as described below, an Optional
                    Death Benefit can be selected at the time the Contract is
                    applied for. Under each form of Optional Death Benefit, the
                    death benefit payable will be the greater of the Annuity
                    Account Value or if before the Contract Owner's 90th
                    birthday, or some other amount as of the date of payment of
                    the death benefit. That other amount can be one or more of
    

                    Option A. Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals.

                    Option B. Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals,
                    with interest compounded daily at a rate equivalent to 5%
                    per year during the first seven Contract Years. As of the
                    beginning of the eighth Contract Year, the amount of death
                    benefit will decrease and thereafter be equal to total
                    Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals. Only
                    available if the Owner (or the Annuitant, if the Owner is a
                    non-natural person) has not reached his or her 72nd birthday
                    at the Effective Date.

   
                    Option C. The Annuity Account Value on the seven-year
                    Contract Anniversary immediately preceding the date the
                    death benefit election is effective or is deemed to become
                    effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and
                    partial withdrawals and charges made between the immediate
                    preceding seven-year Contract Anniversary and the date and
                    death benefit election is effective or is deemed to become
                    effective (as referenced herein, seven-year Contract
                    Anniversary means the seventh Contract Anniversary and each
                    succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any seven-year
                    interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th and 21st
                    Contract Anniversaries).
    

                    Option D. The highest Annuity Account Value ever attained on
                    a Contract Anniversary date, with adjustments for any
                    subsequent Premium Payments and partial withdrawals made
                    since the last determination of such highest value.

   
                    Once an election of one or more of these Optional Death
                    Benefits has been made, it will remain in effect for the
                    life of the Contract or the Owner's 90th birthday, whichever
                    comes first, unless the Owner chooses, by written notice to
                    the Variable Products Service Center, to discontinue such
                    election. The Owner can only give one notice of
                    discontinuance; such notice must address the discontinuance
                    of one or more of the Optional Death Benefit(s) previously
                    chosen. If no Optional Death Benefit(s) are selected
                    initially, they cannot be added later, nor can the Owner
                    change an initial selection to add Optional Death Benefit(s)
                    after the Contract is issued.
    

   
                    At each Contract Anniversary, a charge may be made against
                    Annuity Account Value (prorated among the Sub-Accounts used
                    in the Contract, if more than one be used) for any Optional
                    Death Benefit in effect for all or a portion of the Contract
                    Year then ended. Such charge will be computed in the
                    following manner, assuming for the sake of illustration that
                    the Optional Death Benefit is in effect for the entire
                    Contract Year.
    

                    On the last business day of each Contract Month during the
                    Contract Year, the Company will calculate whether the amount
                    payable under any of the Optional Death Benefits in effect
                    on that date would exceed the Annuity Account Value on that
                    date. If it would not exceed the Annuity Account Value on
                    that date, then no charge for the Optional Death Benefit is
                    accrued as of that date. If it would exceed the Annuity
                    Account Value on that date, then a charge for the Optional
                    Death Benefit is accrued as of that date. That charge is
                    computed in accordance with mortality tables which are made
                    a part of the Contract reflecting the Owner's age and gender
                    classification (in accordance with state law) is computed on
                    the Amount at Risk, which is the excess of the Optional
                    Death

                                                                              21
<PAGE>
                    Benefit over the Annuity Account Value on the last business
                    day of the Contract Month. If the Owner is a corporation,
                    partnership or other non-natural person, the measuring life
                    will be the Annuitant's. No deduction is actually made from
                    Annuity Account Value for the Optional Death Benefit until
                    the Contract Anniversary except upon a full surrender or
                    Annuitization of the Contract or upon the payment of a Death
                    Benefit, when the sum of any charges accrued at the end of
                    each Contract Month during the Contract Year is deducted.

                    The annual rate per $1,000 of Amount at Risk charged for the
                    Optional Death Benefit(s) is set forth in the following
                    table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH
                                                                         BENEFIT(S)
                                                                   ANNUAL RATE PER $1,000
                                                                      OF AMOUNT AT RISK
                                                               -------------------------------
                           ATTAINED AGE                          MALE      FEMALE     UNISEX
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
                     less than 40............................  $    2.40  $    1.99  $    2.20
                     40-45...................................       3.02       2.54       2.78
                     46-50...................................       4.92       4.02       4.47
                     51-55...................................       7.30       5.70       6.50
                     56-60...................................      11.46       8.34       9.90
                     61-65...................................      17.54      11.55      14.55
                     66-70...................................      27.85      18.19      23.02
                     71-75...................................      43.30      27.57      35.44
                     76-80...................................      70.53      47.33      58.93
                     81-85...................................     117.25      87.04     102.15
                     86-90...................................     179.55     147.37     163.46
</TABLE>

                    If, for example, at the end of a Contract Month the Optional
                    Death Benefit (assuming payment of a death benefit on that
                    date) were $40,000 and the Annuity Account Value were
                    $30,000, the Amount at Risk would be $10,000. Suppose the
                    Owner (or, if applicable, the Annuitant) were a female age
                    60. The charge accrued for the Optional Death Benefit that
                    month would be 10 X $8.34, divided by 12 (reflecting
                    one-twelfth of a year), or $6.95. If that proved to be the
                    only Contract Month end during the Contract Year at which
                    there were an Amount at Risk, that would be the only
                    Optional Death Benefit charge accrued during the Contract
                    Year. There is no daily deduction of a percentage of
                    Contract Values for any Optional Death Benefit.

OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES

                    OWNERSHIP

                    The Contract Owner has all rights and may receive all
                    benefits under the Contract. The Contract Owner may change
                    the Contract Owner at any time. If the Contract Owner dies,
                    a death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary upon proof
                    of the Contract Owner's death. If the Owner is a
                    corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
                    death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. A change of Contract Owner will
                    automatically revoke any prior designation of Contract
                    Owner. A request for change must be: (1) made in writing;
                    and (2) received by the Company at its Variable Products
                    Service Center. The change will become effective as of the
                    date the written request is signed. A new designation of
                    Contract Owner will not apply to any payment made or action
                    taken by the Company prior to the time it was received. Any
                    Optional Death Benefit in effect at the time of a change of
                    ownership will remain in effect. The cost of the Optional
                    Death Benefit(s) will be based on the attained age of the
                    new Owner (or the Annuitant, if the new Owner is a
                    non-natural person).

                    For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
                    72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
                    other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
                    an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
                    is treated as ordinary

22
<PAGE>
                    income received by the owner during the taxable year. But in
                    accordance with Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held
                    by a trust or other entity as agent for a natural person is
                    considered held by a natural person.

                    ASSIGNMENT

                    The Contract Owner may assign the Contract at any time
                    during his or her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an
                    assignment will not affect the interest of any previously
                    indicated Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any
                    assignment until written notice is received by the Company
                    at its Variable Products Service Center. The Company is not
                    responsible for the validity of any assignment. The Company
                    will not be liable as to any payment or other settlement
                    made by the Company before such assignment has been recorded
                    at the Company's Variable Products Service Center.

                    If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
                    may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
                    as may be allowed under applicable law.

                    BENEFICIARY

                    The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
                    and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
                    benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
                    benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
                    Owner.

                    CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY

                    The Contract Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a
                    written request with the Company at its Variable Products
                    Service Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary designation
                    was previously filed. After the change is recorded, it will
                    take effect as of the date the request was signed. If the
                    request reaches the Variable Products Service Center after
                    the Annuitant or Contract Owner, as applicable, dies but
                    before any payment is made, the change will be valid. The
                    Company will not be liable for any payment made or action
                    taken before it records the change.

                    ANNUITANT

                    The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
                    the Annuitant on the Effective Date is 85 years old. The
                    Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
                    Date. Joint Annuitants are allowed at the time of
                    annuitization only, if the Company chooses to make a joint
                    and survivor annuity payment option available in addition to
                    the options provided in the Contract. The Annuitant has no
                    rights or privileges prior to the Annuity Date. When an
                    Annuity Option is elected, the amount payable as of the
                    Annuity Date is based on the age and gender classification
                    (in accordance with state law) of the Annuitant, as well as
                    the Option selected and the Annuity Account Value.

                    TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS

                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Contract Owner may transfer
                    all or part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
                    charge if there have been no more than three transfers made
                    in the Contract Year (twelve if the Contract Value is at
                    least $5000 at the time of transfer). For additional
                    transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
                    transfer fee of up to $10 (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Deduction for Transfer Fee"). This Contract is not designed
                    for professional market timing organizations or other
                    entities using programmed and frequent transfers.

                                                                              23
<PAGE>
                    After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
                    was selected, the Contract Owner may make up to three
                    transfers between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract
                    Year.

                    All transfers are subject to the following:
                    A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
                       The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
                       is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
                       being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from
                       which the transfer is made.
   
                    B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
                       of (i) $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per
                       Variable Account Sub-Account; or (ii) the Contract
                       Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account. The Company,
                       at its sole discretion may waive these minimum
                       requirements.
    
                    C. No partial transfer will be made if the Contract Owner's
                       remaining Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less
                       than $500.
                    D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
                       next following receipt by the Company of a written
                       transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized)
                       containing all required information. However, no transfer
                       may be made effective within seven calendar days of the
                       date on which the first annuity payment is due. Transfers
                       may not be permitted during the right-to-examine period.
                    E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
                       which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
                       to be affected.
                    F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
                       Sub-Account values are subject to any applicable Market
                       Value Adjustment;
                    G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
                       any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
                       date of receipt of the transfer request;
                    H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
                       subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
                       Funds;
                    I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
                       prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
                       the transfer privileges described above.
                    J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
                       between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
                       Option.
   
                    K. At no time may the total premium allocated among the
                       Fixed Sub-Accounts exceed $500,000.
    

   
                    Transfer requests must be received at the Variable Products
                    Service Center prior to 4:00 ET in order to be effective
                    that day.
    

   
                    PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS
    

   
                    Owners may effect telephone transfers in two ways. All
                    Owners may directly contact a service representative. Owners
                    may in the future also request access to an electronic
                    service known as a Voice Response Unit (VRU). The VRU will
                    permit the transfer of monies among the Sub-Accounts and
                    changes in the allocation of future payments. All Owners who
                    do not wish to have the right to conduct telephone transfers
                    must so indicate on the Contract application by checking the
                    appropriate box.
    

   
                    The Company will undertake reasonable procedures to confirm
                    that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
                    Before a service representative accepts any request, the
                    caller will be asked for his or her social security number
                    and Contract number. All calls will be recorded. A Personal
                    Identification Number (PIN) will be assigned to all Owners
                    who select VRU access. The PIN is selected by and known only
                    to the Owner. Proper entry of the PIN is required before any
                    transactions will be allowed through VRU. Furthermore, all
                    transactions performed over the VRU, as well as with a
                    service representative, will be confirmed by the Company
                    through a written letter.
    

24
<PAGE>
   
                    Moreover, all VRU transactions will be assigned a unique
                    confirmation number which will become part of the Contract's
                    history. The Company is not liable for any loss, cost or
                    expense for action on telephone instructions which are
                    believed to be genuine in accordance with these procedures.
    

                    SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

                    While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
                    the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
                    Contract Owner, allow the surrender or Partial Withdrawal of
                    all or a portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value.
                    Such request may also be made by telephone if telephone
                    transfers have been previously authorized in writing.
                    Surrenders or Partial Withdrawals will result in the
                    cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable
                    Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
                    bears to the total Annuity Account Value, unless the
                    Contract Owner specifies in writing in advance which units
                    are to be cancelled. The Company will pay the amount of any
                    surrender or Partial Withdrawal within seven (7) days of
                    receipt of a valid request, unless the "Delay of Payments"
                    provision is in effect. (See "Delay of Payments and
                    Transfers")

                    Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
                    to surrenders and partial withdrawal from Contracts. (See
                    "Tax Status.") Contract Owners should consult their own tax
                    counsel or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and
                    partial withdrawals.

                    The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
                    Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
                    which the written request to the Company for surrender is
                    received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
                    of:
                    A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
                       deducted;
                    B. any applicable Annuity Account Fee;
                    C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
                    D. any applicable accrued charges for the Optional Death
                       Benefit(s) risk
                       and for partial withdrawals by A and C above.

                    DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS

                    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
                    payments or transfers for any period when:
                    1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
                       customary weekend and holiday closings);
                    2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
                    3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
                       securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
                       practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                       determine the value of the Variable Account's net assets;
                       or
                    4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
                       permits for the protection of Contract Owners.

                    The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
                    govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
                    exist.

                    The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
                    transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
                    date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
                    received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
                    beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
                    not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.

   
                    In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
                    derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
                    the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
                    Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
    

                                                                              25
<PAGE>
                    DEATH OF THE CONTRACT OWNER BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE

   
                    In the event of death of the Contract Owner (or the
                    Annuitant, if the Owner is a non-natural person) prior to
                    the Annuity Date, a death benefit is payable to the
                    Beneficiary designated by the Owner. The value of the death
                    benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Period next
                    following the date both due proof of death (a certified copy
                    of the Death Certificate) and a payment election are
                    received by the Company. Unless the Optional Death Benefit
                    is selected and the Contract Owner has not reached their
                    90th Birthday, the value of the death benefit is equal to
                    the Annuity Account Value. The Beneficiary may, at any time
                    before the end of the sixty (60) day period immediately
                    following receipt of due proof of death by the Company,
                    elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:
    
   
                    1. the payment of the entire death benefit within five years
                       of the date of the death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                       whichever is applicable; or
    
                    2. payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
                       or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                       of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within
                       one year of the date of death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                       whichever is applicable (see "Annuity Provisions --
                       Annuity Options"); or
                    3. payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
                       under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
                       Options"); or
                    4. if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
                       he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.

   
                    Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
                    (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options").
    

   
                    To the extent that the Beneficiary elects a variable payment
                    option, the Beneficiary will bear the investment risk
                    associated with the performance of the underlying Fund(s) in
                    which relevant Variable Sub-Account invest(s).
    

                    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
                    will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
                    of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
                    of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.

                    If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
                    the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
                    Owner.

                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE

                    If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
                    Annuitant is different from the Contract Owner, the Contract
                    Owner, if a natural person, may designate a new Annuitant.
                    Unless and until one is designated, the Contract Owner will
                    be the Annuitant. If the Contract Owner is not a natural
                    person, then the death benefit is paid on the Annuitant's
                    death.

                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE

                    If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
                    benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
                    elected. The Company will require due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. Death benefits will be paid at least as
                    rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
                    Annuitant's death.

                    CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT

                    At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
                    interests of persons having voting rights under the
                    Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
                    management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
                    permitted by law; de-registered under

26
<PAGE>
                    the 1940 Act in the event registration is no longer required
                    (deregistration of the Variable Account requires an order by
                    the Commission); or combined with one or more other separate
                    accounts. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
                    Company also may transfer the assets of the Variable Account
                    associated with the Contracts to another account or
                    accounts. In the event of any change in the operation of the
                    Variable Account pursuant to this provision, the Company may
                    make appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the
                    change and take such other action as may be necessary and
                    appropriate to effect the change.

                    MODIFICATION

                    Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
                    Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
                    such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
                    the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
                    law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
                    the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
                    necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
                    the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
                    relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
                    (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of
                    the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in
                    Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides additional
                    Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options. In the
                    event of any such modification, the Company may make
                    appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect such
                    modification.

                    In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
                    modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
                    Annuity Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
                    administrative expense charges, the tables used in
                    determining the amount of the first monthly fixed annuity
                    payment, and the formula used to calculate the Market Value
                    Adjustment, provided that such modification shall apply only
                    to Contracts established after the effective date of such
                    modification. In order to exercise its modification rights
                    in these particular instances, the Company must notify the
                    Owner of such modification in writing. All of the charges
                    and the annuity tables which are provided in the Contracts
                    prior to any such modification will remain in effect
                    permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to
                    Contracts established prior to the effective date of such
                    modification.

                    DISCONTINUANCE

                    The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
                    offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
                    discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
                    with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
                    date of such limitation or discontinuance.

ANNUITY PROVISIONS

                    ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION

                    The Contract Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of
                    application. The Contract Owner may, upon at least thirty
                    (30) days prior written notice to the Company, at any time
                    prior to the Annuity Date, change the Annuity Date. The
                    Annuity Date must always be the first day of a calendar
                    month. The Annuity Date may not be later than the month
                    following the Annuitant's 90th birthday.

                    The Contract Owner may, upon at least (30) days prior
                    written notice to the Company, at any time prior to the
                    Annuity Date, select and/or change the Annuity Option.

                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                    ANNUITY OPTIONS

                    Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Contract
                    Owner may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on
                    a fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
                    Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
                    the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
                    of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
                    those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
                    settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
                    annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
                    payments.

                    FIXED OPTIONS

                    Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
                    payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
                    vary. The fixed options currently available are:

                    FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
                    monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
                    with the last payment due prior to the death of the
                    Annuitant.

                    SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
                    Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
                    the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
                    the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
                    each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
                    age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
                    of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
                    minimum period chosen.

                    THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
                    will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
                    Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after payments
                    have started, the Company will pay in one sum any excess of
                    the amount of the proceeds applied under this Option over
                    the total of all payments made under this Option. The amount
                    of each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on
                    the age and gender (in accordance with state law) of the
                    Annuitant when the first payment is made.

                    FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
                    equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
                    less than five or more than thirty years.

                    VARIABLE OPTIONS

   
                    The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
                    dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
                    annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
                    Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
                    investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
                    annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
                    frequently or for longer periods of time.
    

                    The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
                    payment is determined by applying the available value (after
                    deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
                    deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
                    accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
                    Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
                    amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
                    the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
                    period of annuity payments. This determination is made
                    separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
                    number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
                    and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
                    of the date annuity payments are to begin.

                    The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
                    be aggregated for purposes of making payments.

28
<PAGE>
                    The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
                    payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
                    for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
                    Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
                    may increase or decrease from month to month.

                    The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
                    three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
                    actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
                    payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
                    less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
                    decrease.

                    The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
                    Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
                    will vary accordingly.

   
                    The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
                    multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
                    the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
                    for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
                    pages 17 and 18 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
                    result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize the
                    assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
                    annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
                    increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
                    Period.
    

                    The variable options currently available are:

                    OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
                    are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
                    last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.

                    OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
                    PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
                    an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
                    which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;

                    OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
                    payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
                    than five or more than thirty years. Under this Option III,
                    the Annuitant may elect at any time during the period that
                    all or a portion of future payments be commuted and paid in
                    a lump sum or applied under Option I or Option II, subject
                    to the Company's rules about minimum payment amounts.

                    After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
                    the Variable Products Service Center, exchange Annuity Units
                    of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units of equivalent
                    value in another Variable Sub-Account up to three times each
                    Contract Year.

                    EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL

                    The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
                    survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
                    such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
                    Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
                    Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
                    Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.

                    ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS

                    The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
                    Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
                    the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
                    Annuitant's survival be furnished.

   
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
    

   
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
                    COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
                    BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
                    INTERESTS IN THE
    

                                                                              29
<PAGE>
   
                    FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
                    ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT
                    NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                    THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 (THE "1940 ACT").
                    THEREFORE, NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR ANY INTEREST
                    THEREIN IS GENERALLY SUBJECT TO REGULATION UNDER THE
                    PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT. ACCORDINGLY, THE
                    COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES
                    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE IN
                    THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
    

   
                    The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
                    Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
                    connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
                    the Owner at the time such payment is made. In addition, all
                    or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value may be
                    transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the Contract
                    as described under "Transfer of Contract Values between
                    Sub-Accounts." Instead of the Owner's assuming all of the
                    investment risk as is the case for Premium Payments
                    allocated to the Variable Account, the Company guarantees it
                    will credit interest of at least 3% per year to amounts
                    allocated to the Fixed Account.
    

   
                    Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
                    the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
                    account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
                    creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
                    account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
                    Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
                    performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
                    Company's general account.
    

   
                    The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
                    those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
                    state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments
                    that may be made by life insurance companies and the
                    percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
                    particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
                    investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
                    qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
                    corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
                    mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
    

   
                    If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
                    maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
                    to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
                    Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
                    Any amount withdrawn from the Sub-Account prior to the
                    expiration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period is subject
                    to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment")
                    and a Deferred Sales Charge, if applicable. The Company
                    guarantees, however, that a Contract will be credited with
                    interest at a rate of not less than 3% per year, compounded
                    annually, on amounts allocated to any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account, regardless of any application of the Market
                    Value Adjustment (that is, the Market Value Adjustment will
                    not reduce the amount available for surrender, withdrawal or
                    transfer to an amount less than the initial amount allocated
                    or transferred to the Fixed Account Sub-Account plus
                    interest of 3% per year). The Company reserves the right to
                    defer the payment or transfer of amounts withdrawn from the
                    Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six (6) months from
                    the date a proper request for surrender, withdrawal or
                    transfer is received by the Company.
    

   
                    FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
                    Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
                    to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
                    which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
                    Period.
    

   
                    GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
                    Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
                    Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
                    with a duration of one, three, five, seven or ten years.
                    Every Premium Payment allocated to a Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account starts a new Sub-Account with its own duration
                    and Guaranteed Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed
                    Period will affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the
                    Sub-Account. Initial Premium
    

30
<PAGE>
   
                    Payments and subsequent Premium Payments, or portions
                    thereof, and transferred amounts allocated to a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account, less any amounts subsequently
                    withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period
                    unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
                    begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
                    case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
                    and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
                    the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
                    which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
                    "Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
                    allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
                    Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
                    referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
                    will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
                    annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
                    portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" below,
                    which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
                    allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
                    different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
                    Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
                    determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
                    "Market Value Adjustment").
    

   
                    The Company will notify the Owner in writing at least 60
                    days prior to the Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period
                    Amount. A new Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same
                    duration as the previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will
                    commence automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed
                    Period unless the Company receives, following such
                    notification but prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period,
                    a written election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed
                    Period Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to
                    a Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being
                    offered by the Company at such time. Transfers of any
                    Guaranteed Period Amount which become effective upon the
                    expiration of the applicable Guaranteed Period are not
                    subject to the twelve (or three) transfers per Contract Year
                    limitations or the additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer
                    restrictions (see "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-
                    Accounts").
    

   
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
                    establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
                    the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
                    Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
                    Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
                    rates on investments available to the Company and other
                    factors as described below, but once established, rates will
                    be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
                    Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
                    withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
                    applicable withdrawal charges, Annuity Account Fees, Market
                    Value Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts
                    transferred out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the
                    end of the Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market
                    Value Adjustment.
    

   
                    The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
                    year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
                    the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
                    formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
                    declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
                    be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
                    debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
                    amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
                    Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
                    consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
                    Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
                    tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
                    expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
                    competitive factors.
    

                                                                              31
<PAGE>
   
                    THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER
                    YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK THAT DECLARED RATES WILL
                    NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION
                    TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER
                    YEAR.
    

   
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    

   
                    Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
                    Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
                    to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
                    Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
                    Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
                    amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
                    any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
                    any applicable surrender charge.
    

   
                    The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
                    Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
                    published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
                    Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
                    the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
                    also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
                    of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
                    of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
                    transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
                    surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
                    the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
                    surrender or transfer.
    

   
                    The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
    

   
                                               (1+A)N
                                               (1+B)N
    

   
                    where:
    

   
                    A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
                    Period.
    

   
                    B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
                    plus a 0.50% adjustment (unless otherwise limited by
                    applicable state law). If Index Rates "A" and "B" are within
                    .25% of each other when the index rate factor is determined,
                    no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made, unless
                    otherwise required by state law. This adjustment builds into
                    the formula a factor representing direct and indirect costs
                    to the Company associated with liquidating general account
                    assets in order to satisfy surrender requests. This
                    adjustment of 0.50% has been added to the denominator of the
                    formula because it is anticipated that a substantial portion
                    of applicable general account portfolio assets will be in
                    relatively illiquid securities. Thus, in addition to direct
                    transaction costs, if such securities must be sold (E.G.,
                    because of surrenders), the market price may be lower.
                    Accordingly, even if interest rates decline, there will not
                    be a positive adjustment until this factor is overcome, and
                    then any adjustment will be lower than otherwise, to
                    compensate for this factor. Similarly, if interest rates
                    rise, any negative adjustment will be greater than
                    otherwise, to compensate for this factor. If interest rates
                    stay the same, this factor will result in a small but
                    negative Market Value Adjustment.
    

   
                    N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
                    (E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
                    years)
    

32
<PAGE>
   
                    See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
                    the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
    

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

                    CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
                    Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, CT 06152, acts as the
                    principal underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts
                    as well as of variable life insurance policies and other
                    variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a
                    registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act
                    of 1934, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
                    Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
                    basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
                    the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
                    are licensed to sell the Contracts.

PERFORMANCE DATA

                    MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

                    From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
                    advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
                    figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
                    intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
                    Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
                    Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
                    a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
                    advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
                    the amount of income generated by the investment during that
                    week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
                    period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
                    Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective
                    yield" is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the
                    income earned by Annuity Account Values in the Money Market
                    Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The "effective
                    yield" will be slightly higher than the "yield" because of
                    the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment. The
                    computation of the yield calculation includes a deduction
                    for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the
                    Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity Account Fee.

                    OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS

                    From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
                    may publish their current yields and total returns in
                    advertisements and communications to Contract Owners. The
                    current yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
                    calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
                    interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
                    recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
                    at the end of such period. Total return information will
                    include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
                    of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
                    the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
                    operations, based upon the value of the Accumulation Units
                    acquired through a hypothetical $1,000 investment at the
                    Accumulation Unit value at the beginning of the specified
                    period and upon the value of the Accumulation Unit at the
                    end of such period, assuming reinvestment of all
                    distributions and the deduction of the Mortality and Expense
                    Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge and the
                    Annuity Account Fee. Each Variable Account Sub-Account may
                    also advertise aggregate and average total return
                    information over different periods of time.

                    In each case, the yield and total return figures will
                    reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
                    Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
                    Expense Charge and the Annuity Account Fee for the
                    applicable time period. Contract Owners should note that the
                    investment results of each Sub-Account will fluctuate over
                    time, and any presentation of a Variable

                                                                              33
<PAGE>
                    Account Sub-Account's current yield or total return for any
                    prior period should not be considered as a representation of
                    what an investment may earn or what a Contract Owner's yield
                    or total return may be in any future period. See "Historical
                    Performance Data" in the Statement of Additional
                    Information.

                    PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING

                    The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
                    Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
                    sales literature to the performance of other variable
                    annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
                    particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
                    funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
                    similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
                    Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
                    Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
                    Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
                    Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
                    services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
                    variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
                    investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.

                    Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
                    variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
                    rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
                    ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
                    variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
                    by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
                    on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
                    distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
                    fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
                    level into consideration. In addition,
                    VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
                    which consider the effects of market risk on total return
                    performance. This type of ranking may address the question
                    as to which funds provide the highest total return with the
                    least amount of risk. Morningstar assigns ratings of zero to
                    five stars to the mutual funds taking into account primarily
                    historical performance and risk factors.

TAX STATUS

                    NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
                    UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
                    TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
                    PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
                    OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
                    THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
                    GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
                    COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
                    "ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.

                    GENERAL

                    Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
                    general. A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the
                    value of a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the
                    form of a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
                    Settlement Option elected. For a lump sum payment received
                    as a total surrender (total redemption), the recipient is
                    taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the cost
                    basis of the Contract. For Non-Qualified Contracts, this
                    cost basis is generally the Premium Payments, while for
                    Qualified Contracts there may be no cost basis. The taxable
                    portion of the lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income
                    tax rates.

                    For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
                    formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
                    the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
                    for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
                    at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
                    Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the

34
<PAGE>
                    meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Contract Owners,
                    Annuitants and Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek
                    competent financial advice about the tax consequences of any
                    distributions.

                    The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
                    Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
                    the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
                    Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
                    Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
                    separately as a "regulated investment company" under
                    Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
                    incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
                    investment income and net capital gains arising from the
                    activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
                    reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
                    is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
                    Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
                    years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
                    incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
                    or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
                    amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.

                    DIVERSIFICATION

                    Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
                    standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
                    contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
                    contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
                    period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
                    are not adequately diversified in accordance with
                    regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
                    Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
                    Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
                    of federal income tax to the Contract Owner with respect to
                    earnings allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of
                    payments under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
                    provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
                    Contracts meet the diversification requirements if, as of
                    the end of each quarter, the underlying assets meet the
                    diversification standards for a regulated investment company
                    and no more than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total
                    assets consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government
                    securities and securities of other regulated investment
                    companies.

   
                    The Treasury Department issued regulations (Treas. Reg.
                    1.817-5) which established diversification requirements for
                    the investment portfolios underlying variable contracts such
                    as the Contracts. The regulations amplify the
                    diversification requirements for variable contracts set
                    forth in the Code and provide an alternative to the safe
                    harbor provision described above. Under the regulations, an
                    investment portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified
                    if: (1) no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of
                    the portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no
                    more than 70% of the value of the total assets of the
                    portfolio is represented by any two investments; (3) no more
                    than 80% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any three investments; and (4) no more
                    than 90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any four investments.
    

                    The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
                    or not the diversification standards imposed on the
                    underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
                    the Code have been met, "each United States government
                    agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
                    issuer."

                    The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
                    all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
                    manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.

                    The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
                    forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
                    be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if

                                                                              35
<PAGE>
                    the owner of the contract has excessive control over the
                    investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
                    transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
                    restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
                    the Company to impose limitations on a Contract Owner's
                    right to control the investment. It is not known whether any
                    such guidelines would have a retroactive effect.

                    DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

                    Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
                    treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
                    purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
                    any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
                    time the entire interest in the Contract has been
                    distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
                    Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
                    the Contract will be distributed within five years after
                    such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
                    as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
                    to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
                    which is distributed over the life of such "designated
                    beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
                    expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
                    distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
                    The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
                    designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
                    ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
                    be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
                    beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
                    Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
                    new Owner.

                    The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
                    comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
                    although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
                    yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
                    provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
                    that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
                    clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
                    apply to a Qualified Contract.

                    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

                    The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
                    contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
                    same contract owner by one company or its affiliates are
                    treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining
                    the tax consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may
                    result in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid
                    taxation of the distributed amounts from such combination of
                    contracts. Contract Owners should consult a tax adviser
                    prior to purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity
                    contract in any single calendar year.

                    TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS

                    An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
                    event. Contract Owners should therefore consult competent
                    tax advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.

                    WITHHOLDING

                    Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
                    of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
                    elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
                    notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
                    apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
                    abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
                    from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
                    enacted legislation requiring withholding.

36
<PAGE>
                    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES

                    Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
                    shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
                    for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
                    August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
                    the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
                    received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
                    continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
                    contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
                    procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
                    Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
                    Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.

                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

                    Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
                    distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
                    the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
                    Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
                    coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
                    income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
                    Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
                    further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
                    to the income portion of any premature distribution.
                    However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
                    after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
                    the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is a
                    non-natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is
                    totally disabled (for this purpose disability is as defined
                    in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
                    expectancies) of the Payee and his/her beneficiary; (e)
                    under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
                    Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982.

                    The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
                    Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
                    penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
                    Contracts. (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
                    Contracts.")

                    QUALIFIED PLANS

                    The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
                    suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
                    Because of the minimum purchase payment requirements, these
                    Contracts may not be appropriate for some periodic payment
                    retirement plans. Taxation of participants in each Qualified
                    Plan varies with the type of plan and terms and conditions
                    of each specific plan. Contract Owners, Annuitants and
                    Beneficiaries are cautioned that benefits under a Qualified
                    Plan may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contracts
                    issued pursuant to the plan. Although the Company provides
                    administration for the Contract, it does not provide
                    administrative support for Qualified Plans. Following are
                    general descriptions of the types of Qualified Plans with
                    which the Contracts may be used. Such descriptions are not
                    exhaustive and are for general informational purposes only.
                    The tax rules regarding Qualified Plans are very complex and
                    will have differing applications, depending on individual
                    facts and circumstances. Each purchaser should obtain
                    competent tax advice prior to purchasing a Contract issued
                    in connection with a Qualified Plan.

                    Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
                    types of contributions and distributions (including special
                    rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
                    consequences may result from contributions in excess of
                    specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
                    to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to

                                                                              37
<PAGE>
                    specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
                    distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
                    certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
                    attempt to provide more than general information about use
                    of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
                    Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
                    Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
                    rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
                    may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
                    Contract issued in connection therewith.

                    SECTION 403(B) PLANS

                    Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
                    school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
                    purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
                    from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
                    limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
                    (Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
                    the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
                    generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
                    contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
                    1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
                    earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
                    held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
                    1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
                    upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
                    age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
                    financial hardship, except that income attributable to
                    elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
                    hardship.

                    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES

                    Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
                    employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
                    known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
                    Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
                    the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
                    time when distributions may commence. In addition,
                    distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
                    may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
                    tax-deferred basis.

                    CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS

                    Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
                    employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
                    employees and self-employed individuals to establish
                    qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
                    retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
                    provide benefits under the plans.

                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

                    Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
                    qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
                    certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
                    for state governments, local governments, political
                    sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
                    affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
                    which enjoy special treatment. The Contracts can be used
                    with such plans. Under such plans a participant may specify
                    the form of investment in which his or her participation
                    will be made. All such investments, however, are owned by,
                    and are subject to, the claims of the general creditors of
                    the sponsoring employer.

                    The above description of federal income tax consequences
                    pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
                    may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
                    is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
                    provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
                    often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full

38
<PAGE>
                    compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
                    subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
                    consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
                    purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
                    should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
                    with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
                    investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.

                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

                    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
                    taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
                    retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
                    under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
                    amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
                    been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
                    Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
                    penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
                    if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
                    Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
                    death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
                    disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
                    defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
                    separation from service, distributions that are part of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
                    of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
                    distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
                    after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
                    such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
                    deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
                    paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
                    distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
                    qualified domestic relations order.

                    The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
                    apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.

                                                                              39
<PAGE>
   
APPENDIX 1
    

   
                              ILLUSTRATION OF THE
                        COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
                               SIMPLIFIED EXAMPLE
    

   
Contract Owner:     Mrs. Smith, female, age 57
    
   
Death Benefit Choice: D (annual step-up)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    GUARANTEED
DATE                    ACCOUNT VALUE*              DEATH BENEFIT    AMOUNT AT RISK
<S>                     <C>                         <C>              <C>                              <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 1           $30,000                            $30,000   $0.00
(New contract --
date policy is in
force)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 2           $40,000                            $40,000   $0.00
(First contract                                      (Death benefit
anniversary                                             steps up.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 15, Yr. 2          $30,000                            $40,000   Guar. Death Bene. equals:            $40,000
(Last day of month.     (Market correction has                       Account Value equals:               -$30,000
Account is assessed     occurred. Account value                      AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS:               $10,000
for death benefit       has fallen below                             (Client WILL be charged for
charges.)               guaranteed death benefit.)                   death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 15, Yr. 2          $40,000                            $40,000   Guar. Death Bene. equals:            $40,000
(One month later.)      (Market recovers. Account                    Account Value equals:               -$40,000
                        value has increased.)                        AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS:                 $0.00
                                                                     (Client will NOT be charged for
                                                                     death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    

   
In  the case shown above, the Amount at Risk on June 15, Yr. 2 would be $10,000.
Now refer to the  chart below, also found  on page 23 of  this prospectus. A  57
year  old female  will pay $8.34  per thousand  of Amount at  Risk. 10  X 8.34 =
$83.40. That amount is an  annual charge. It is divided  by 12 to determine  the
monthly charge of $6.95.
    

   
In  the example above,  no Amount at Risk  exists on July 15,  Yr. 2. The client
will NOT be charged for death benefit  that month. However a market recovery  in
June will not affect a death benefit charge already accrued for May. That charge
is  fixed and  will appear on  the client's annual  statement at the  end of the
year.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT(S)
                                                       ACTUAL RATE PER $1,000
                                                         OF AMOUNT AT RISK
                                                 ----------------------------------
ATTAINED AGE                                        MALE       FEMALE      UNISEX
- -----------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Less than 40...................................  $     2.40  $     1.99  $     2.20
40-45..........................................        3.02        2.54        2.78
46-50..........................................        4.92        4.02        4.47
51-55..........................................        7.30        5.70        6.50
56-60..........................................       11.46        8.34        9.90
61-65..........................................       17.54       11.55       14.55
66-70..........................................       27.85       18.19       23.02
71-75..........................................       43.30       27.57       35.44
76-80..........................................       70.53       47.33       58.93
81-85..........................................      117.25       87.04      102.15
86-90..........................................      179.55      147.37      163.46
</TABLE>
    

   
*After $35 account fee is applied.
    

40
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
                    Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
                    31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the
                    period ended December 31, 1995 are included in the Statement
                    of Additional Information, as are audited financial
                    statements for the Variable Account, which commenced
                    operations April 10, 1995.
    

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

                    There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
                    Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
                    for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
                    relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Statement of Additional Information is available (at no cost) which contains
more details concerning some subjects discussed in this Prospectus. The
following is the Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................           3
  The Contracts.................................           3
  Loans.........................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts...................           3
  Misstatement of Age...........................           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value and
   Variable Accumulation Value..................           3
  Net Investment Factor.........................           4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES..................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations......           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
   Tables.......................................           5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY.................           6

<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
ADMINISTRATION..................................           7
PERIODIC REPORTS................................           7
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................           7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS...............................           7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA.....................           7
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields......................           8
  Total Returns.................................           9
  Other Performance Data........................           9
LEGAL MATTERS...................................          10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................          10
EXPERTS.........................................          10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................          10
</TABLE>

                                                                              41
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)
<PAGE>
                               PART A. PROSPECTUS
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                                                     [LOGO]
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II

<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>
  HOME OFFICE LOCATION:      MAILING ADDRESS:
  900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD     CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
  HARTFORD, CT 06152         VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: ROUTING S-249
                             HARTFORD, CT 06152 - 2249
                             (800) (552-9898)
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS - NEW YORK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The  Flexible Payment Deferred Variable  Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this  prospectus provide  for accumulation of  Contract Values  and
eventual  payment of monthly annuity payments on  a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals  in long term planning for  retirement
or  other long term  purposes. The Contracts are  available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under  the
Internal  Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See "Tax Status -- Qualified Plans.") Premium payments for
the  Contracts  will  be  allocated  to  a  segregated  investment  account   of
Connecticut  General  Life  Insurance  Company  (the  "Company"),  designated CG
Variable Annuity Separate Account II (the  "Variable Account"), or to the  Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.

    The  following funding options  are available under  a Contract: Through the
Variable Account, the Company  offers seventeen diversified open-end  management
investment  companies  (commonly called  mutual  funds), each  with  a different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio, Alger  American Leveraged  AllCap  Portfolio, Alger  American  MidCap
Growth   Portfolio  and  Alger  American  Growth  Portfolio;  Fidelity  Variable
Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income  Portfolio and Money Market  Portfolio;
Fidelity  Variable Insurance Products Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
and Asset Manager Portfolio;  MFS Variable Insurance Trust  -- MFS Total  Return
Series,  MFS  Utilities Series  and MFS  World  Governments Series;  Neuberger &
Berman Advisers Management  Trust -- Balanced  Portfolio, Limited Maturity  Bond
Portfolio  and Partners Portfolio; Quest for  Value Accumulation Trust -- Global
Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio. The fixed  interest
option  offered  under a  Contract  is the  Fixed  Account. Premium  payments or
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account, and 3% interest per year thereon,  are
guaranteed,  and additional interest  may be credited,  with certain withdrawals
subject to a market value adjustment and withdrawal charges. Unless specifically
mentioned, this prospectus only describes the variable investment options.

   
    This entire prospectus,  and those of  the Funds, should  be read  carefully
before  investing to understand  the Contracts being  offered. The "Statement of
Additional Information" dated May 1, 1996, available at no charge by calling  or
writing  the Company's Variable Products Service Center as shown above, provides
further information. Its table of contents is at the end of this prospectus.
    

    THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY  WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT  PROSPECTUSES
OF  THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE  AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR  THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
                         PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>
DEFINITIONS....................................          3
HIGHLIGHTS.....................................          6
FEES AND EXPENSES..............................          8
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION................         11
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT...........         11
THE FUNDS......................................         12
  General......................................         14
  Substitution of Securities...................         15
  Voting Rights................................         15
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND
 CONTRACT VALUE................................         15
  Premium Payments.............................         15
  Allocation of Premium Payments...............         16
  Dollar Cost Averaging........................         16
  Automatic Rebalancing........................         17
  Contract Value...............................         17
  Accumulation Unit............................         17
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.........................         18
  Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales
   Charge (Sales Load).........................         18
  Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk
   Charge......................................         19
  Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge..         20
  Deduction for Annuity Account Fee............         20
  Deduction for Premium Tax Equivalents........         20
  Deduction for Income Taxes...................         20
  Deduction for Fund Expenses..................         20
  Deduction for Transfer Fee...................         20
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES........................         21
  Ownership....................................         21
  Assignment...................................         21
  Beneficiary..................................         21
  Change of Beneficiary........................         21
  Annuitant....................................         22
  Transfer of Contract Values between
   Sub-Accounts................................         22
  Procedures for Telephone Transfers...........         23
  Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals...........         23
  Delay of Payments and Transfers..............         24
  Death of the Owner before the
   Annuity Date................................         24
  Death of the Annuitant before the Annuity
   Date........................................         25

<CAPTION>
                   CONTENTS                        PAGE
<S>                                              <C>

  Death of the Annuitant after the
   Annuity Date................................         25
  Change in Operation of Variable Account......         25
  Modification.................................         25
  Discontinuance...............................         26
ANNUITY PROVISIONS.............................         26
  Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
   Annuity Option..............................         26
  Annuity Options..............................         26
  Fixed Options................................         26
  Variable Options.............................         27
  Evidence of Survival.........................         28
  Endorsement of Annuity Payment...............         28
THE FIXED ACCOUNT..............................         28
  Market Value Adjustment......................         30
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..................         31
PERFORMANCE DATA...............................         31
  Money Market Sub-Account.....................         31
  Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts..........         32
  Performance Ranking or Rating................         32
TAX STATUS.....................................         33
  General......................................         33
  Diversification..............................         33
  Distribution Requirements....................         34
  Multiple Contracts...........................         35
  Tax Treatment of Assignments.................         35
  Withholding..................................         35
  Section 1035 Exchanges.......................         35
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Non-Qualified
   Contracts...................................         35
  Qualified Plans..............................         36
  Section 403(b) Plans.........................         36
  Individual Retirement Annuities..............         36
  Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
   and H.R. 10 Plans...........................         37
  Deferred Compensation Plans..................         37
  Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
   Contracts...................................         37
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................         37
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..............................         38
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF
 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................         38
</TABLE>
    

2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS

                    ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
                    the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
                    becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
                    surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.

                    ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
                    value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
                    the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
                    Date.

                    ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
                    whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
                    definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
                    the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
                    becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.

                    ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
                    point in time.

                    ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.

                    ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
                    are made.

                    ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.

                    ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
                    of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
                    in the variable portion of the Contract on and after the
                    Annuity Date.

                    BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
                    must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
                    Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.

                    CERTIFICATE: The document which evidences the participation
                    of an Owner in a group contract.

                    CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                    COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.

                    CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
                    prospectus, i.e., the Certificate evidencing the Owner's
                    participation in a group contract.

                    CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
                    Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
                    also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
                    period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
                    Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
                    Effective Date.

                    CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
                    to the next.

                    FIXED ACCOUNT: The portion of the Contract under which
                    principal is guaranteed and interest is credited. Fixed
                    Account Assets are maintained in the Company's General
                    Account and not allocated to the Variable Account.

                    FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
                    to dollar amount.

                                                                               3
<PAGE>
                    FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
                    American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
                    Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
                    Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity
                    Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Equity-Income
                    Portfolio and VIP Money Market Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
                    Insurance Products Fund II -- VIP II Investment Grade Bond
                    Portfolio and VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio; MFS Variable
                    Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return Series, MFS Utilities
                    Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman
                    Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited
                    Maturity Bond Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; Quest for
                    Value Accumulation Trust -- Quest Global Equity Portfolio,
                    Quest Managed Portfolio and Quest Small Cap Portfolio. Each
                    is an open-end management investment company (mutual fund)
                    whose shares are available to fund the benefits provided by
                    the Contract.

                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
                    the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
                    Period.

                    GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
                    an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
                    credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
                    are issued, this period may be one, three, five, seven or
                    ten years, as elected by the Owner.

                    GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
                    Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
                    Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
                    interest thereon).

                    INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
                    Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.

                    IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
                    and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
                    Center.

                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
                    a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
                    income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
                    457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
                    person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
                    Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
                    annuity.

                    OWNER: The person(s) initially designated in the application
                    or otherwise, unless later changed, as having all ownership
                    rights under the Contract; is the Certificate Owner under a
                    group contract.

                    PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract. The term
                    includes an Annuitant, a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to
                    benefits upon the death of the Annuitant, and the Owner's
                    estate.

                    PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
                    good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
                    Contract. Premium Payment includes the initial Premium
                    Payment and subsequent Premium Payments.

4
<PAGE>
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
                    retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
                    treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.

   
                    SEVENTH YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Contract Anniversary
                    and each succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any
                    seven year interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th,
                    21st and 28th Contract Anniversaries.
    

                    SHARES: Shares of a Fund.

                    SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
                    with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
                    Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
                    invests in shares of a specific Fund.

                    SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
                    representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
                    any applicable withdrawal charges, market value adjustment,
                    contract fees, or premium tax equivalents) is paid to the
                    Owner. After a full surrender, all of the Owner's rights
                    under the Contract are terminated. In this prospectus, the
                    terms "surrender" and "withdrawal" are used interchangeably.

                    SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
                    election to surrender the Contract.

                    VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
                    valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
                    Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
                    which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
                    emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
                    disposal of securities is not practicable.

                    VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
                    following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
                    Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
                    in length.

                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
                    separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
                    which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
                    of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
                    Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
                    chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.

                    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period.

                    VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
                    calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
                    Owner's Annuity Account during the Annuity Period, to
                    determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.

                    VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: The office of the Company
                    to which Premium Payments should be sent, notices given and
                    any customer service requests made. Mailing address: CIGNA
                    Individual Insurance, Variable Products Service Center,
                    Routing S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249.

                                                                               5
<PAGE>
HIGHLIGHTS

                    Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
                    Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
                    which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
                    Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
                    invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
                    fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Owners bear the
                    investment risk for all amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
                    Company's Variable Products Service Center.

   
                    The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
                    received. It can be mailed or delivered to either the
                    Company or the agent who sold it. Return of the Contract by
                    mail is effective on being postmarked, properly addressed
                    and postage prepaid. The Company will promptly refund the
                    Contract Value. This may be more or less than the Premium
                    Payment. The Company has the right to allocate initial
                    Premium Payments to the Money Market Sub-Account until the
                    expiration of the right-to-examine period. If the Company
                    does so allocate an initial Premium Payment, it will refund
                    the greater of the Premium Payment, less any partial
                    surrenders, or the Contract Value. It is the Company's
                    current practice to directly allocate the initial Premium
                    Payment to the Fund(s) designated in the application, unless
                    state law requires a refund of Premium Payments rather than
                    of Annuity Account Value.
    

                    A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
                    deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
                    withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
                    on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
                    made. Owners may, not more frequently than once each
                    Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent
                    (15%) of Premium Payments made, or any remaining portion
                    thereof, ("the Fifteen Percent Free") without incurring a
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge will vary in amount, depending upon the
                    Contract Year in which the Premium Payment being surrendered
                    or withdrawn was made. For purposes of determining the
                    applicability of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge,
                    surrenders and withdrawals are deemed to be on a first-in,
                    first-out basis.

                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
                    table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments.
                    There may also be a Market Value Adjustment on the Fixed
                    Account portion of the Contract.

   
                    There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
                    on an annual basis, to 1.25% of the average daily net assets
                    of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the Company
                    for assuming the mortality and expense risks under the
                    Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge").
    

   
                    There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
                    an annual basis, to 0.15% of the average daily net assets of
                    the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge").
    

                    There is an annual Annuity Account Fee of $30 unless the
                    Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end
                    of the Contract Year (See "Charges and Deductions --
                    Deduction for Annuity Account Fee").

6
<PAGE>
                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
                    other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
                    Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
                    Premium Taxes").

                    Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
                    transfer fee when a Owner transfers Annuity Account Values
                    from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and Deductions
                    -- Deduction for Transfer Fee").

                    There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
                    applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
                    from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
                    imposed on amounts distributed:

                    (a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
                    of the Owner (or, if the Owner is not a natural person, the
                    Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally disabled (for this
                    purpose, disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the
                    Code); (d) in a series of substantially equal periodic
                    payments made not less frequently than annually for the life
                    (or life expectancy) of the Payee or for the joint lives (or
                    joint life expectancies) of the Payee and his or her
                    beneficiary; (e) under an immediate annuity; or (f) which
                    are allocable to Premium Payments made prior to August 14,
                    1982. For federal income tax purposes, distributions are
                    deemed to be on a last-in, first-out basis. Different tax
                    withdrawal penalties and restrictions apply to Qualified
                    Contracts issued pursuant to plans qualified under Code
                    Section 401, 403(b), 408 or 457. (See "Tax Status -- Tax
                    Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified Contracts.") For a
                    further discussion of the taxation of the Contracts, see
                    "Tax Status."

   
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
                    or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
                    subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
                    Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
                    based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
                    to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
                    maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
                    ("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
                    Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
                    Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
                    transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
                    Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
                    Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
                    surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
                    time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
                    at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
                    application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
                    result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
                    not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
                    the end of the Guaranteed Period.
    

                                                                               7
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES

                    OWNER TRANSACTION FEES

                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
                    Payments):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEARS SINCE
                             PAYMENT        CHARGE
                          -------------     ------
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>
                                  0-1             7%
                                  1-2             6%
                                                        An Owner may, not more frequently than once each
                                  2-3             5%    Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to 15% of Premium
                                  3-4             4%    Payments made, or the remaining portion thereof, without
                                  4-5             3%    incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
                                  5-6             2%
                                  6-7             1%
                                   7+             0
</TABLE>

   
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>  <C>
                 Transfer Fee........  $10

                 - Not imposed on the first twelve transfers during a Contract Year.
                 Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or automatic
                   rebalancing transfers are not counted.
</TABLE>
    

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                   <C>                   <C>
                 Annuity Account       $30 per Contract Year
                 Fee.................

                 - Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract Year is $100,000 or
                 more.
</TABLE>

                    VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>          <C>
                     (as a percentage of average account
                     value)
                     Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.......        1.25%
                     Administrative Expense Charge...........        0.15%
                                                                   ---
                     Total Variable Account Annual                   1.40%
                     Expenses................................
</TABLE>
    

8
<PAGE>
                    FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of Fund average net
                    assets).

                    The management fees for each Fund are based on a percentage
                    of that Fund's assets under management. The fees below
                    represent the amounts payable to the investment adviser of
                    each of the Funds on an annual basis as of the date of this
                    Prospectus, plus estimated other expenses. See "The Funds"
                    in this Prospectus and the discussion in each Fund's
                    prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MANAGEMENT                       TOTAL ANNUAL
                                                                             FEES       OTHER EXPENSES       EXPENSES
                                                                          -----------   --------------    ---------------
<C>                   <S>                                                 <C>           <C>               <C>
   ALGER AMERICAN     Alger American Growth Portfolio...................         0.75%           0.11%              0.86%
       FUNDS          Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.........         0.85%           0.94%(1)           1.79%
                                                                                 0.80%           0.17%              0.97%
                      Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio............
                                                                                 0.85%           0.11%              0.96%
                      Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.....
   FIDELITY FUNDS     Asset Manager Portfolio...........................         0.72%           0.08%              0.80%(2)
                                                                                 0.52%           0.06%              0.58%(2)
                      Equity-Income Portfolio...........................
                                                                                 0.46%           0.21%              0.67%
                      Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...................
                                                                                 0.20%           0.07%              0.27%
                      Money Market Portfolio............................
    MFS FUNDS(3)      MFS Total Return Series...........................         0.75%           0.25%(3)           1.00%(3)
                                                                                 0.75%           0.25%(3)           1.00%(3)
                      MFS Utilities Series..............................
                                                                                 0.75%           0.25%(3)           1.00%(3)
                      MFS World Governments Series......................
 NEUBERGER & BERMAN   AMT Balanced Portfolio............................         0.80%           0.17%              0.97%
      FUNDS(4)        AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio...............         0.60%           0.13%              0.73%
                                                                                 0.80%           0.50%              1.30%
                      AMT Partners Portfolio(5).........................
  QUEST FOR VALUE     Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio...........         0.75%           0.50%              1.25%
      FUNDS(6)        Quest for Value Managed Portfolio.................         0.60%           0.06%              0.66%
                                                                                 0.60%           0.14%              0.74%
                      Quest for Value Small Cap Portfolio...............
<FN>

(1)  Includes 0.75% estimated interest expense attributable to borrowing.
(2)  A portion of the brokerage commissions the Porfolio paid was used to reduce
     its  expenses. Without this  reduction, "Total Annual  Expenses" would have
     been  0.81%  for  Asset  Manager  Portfolio  and  0.60%  for  Equity-Income
     Portfolio.
(3)  The  MFS  Funds'  Adviser has  agreed  to bear,  subject  to reimbursement,
     expenses for each  of the Total  Return Series and  Utilities Series,  such
     that  each  Series' aggregate  operating expense  shall  not exceed,  on an
     annualized basis, 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Series  from
     November  2, 1994 through December 31, 1998, 1.25% of the average daily net
     assets of the Series  from January 1, 1997  through December 31, 1998,  and
     1.50%  of the average daily  net assets of the  Series from January 1, 1999
     through December 31, 2004;  provided however, that  this obligation may  be
     terminated  or revised at any time. Absent this expense arrangement, "Other
     Expenses"  and  "Total   Annual  Expenses"  would   be  0.62%  and   1.37%,
     respectively,   for  the  Total   Return  Series,  and   0.93%  and  1.58%,
     respectively, for the Utilities Series,  based upon estimated expenses  for
     the Series' current fiscal year. The Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to
     reimbursement,  until December 31, 2004,  expenses of the World Governments
     Series such that  the Series'  aggregate operating expenses  do not  exceed
     1.00%, on an annualized basis, of its average daily net assets. Absent this
     expense  arrangement, "Other Expenses" and  "Total Annual Expenses" for the
     World Governments Series would be 0.63% and 1.38%, respectively.
(4)  Until May 1, 1995, all of these Portfolios had a Distribution Plan ("Plan")
     pursuant to  Rule  12b-1  which  provided  for  the  reimbursement  of  N&B
     Management for certain Trust distribution expenses up to a maximum of 0.25%
     on an annual basis of each Portfolio's average daily net assets. The "Total
     Annual  Expenses" shown here  for each AMT Portfolio  would be increased by
     0.02% if the 12b-1 fees for the months of January through April, 1995  were
     taken into account.
(5)  Other  Expenses, and therefore  Total Annual Expenses,  have been estimated
     and are annualized for the Partners Portfolio.
(6)  The expenses for the Quest for  Value Managed, Small Cap and Global  Equity
     Portfolios  will be voluntarily limited by Quest for Value Advisors so that
     annualized operating fund expenses  do not exceed  0.66%, 0.74%, and  1.25%
     for  the Quest for  Value Managed, Small Cap  and Global Equity Portfolios,
     respectively, through  December  31,  1995.  Moreover,  absent  any  future
     agreement  by Quest Advisors  to limit expenses of  the portfolios of Quest
     for Value  Accumulation  Trust as  delineated  above, Quest  Advisors  will
     reimburse  Quest for  Value Accumulation Trust  for the amount,  if any, by
     which the aggregate ordinary operating  expenses of any portfolio  incurred
     by  Quest for Value Accumulation Trust in any calendar year exceed the most
     restrictive expense limitations (currently 2 1/2% of the first $30  million
     of assets, 2% of the next $70 million of assets and 1 1/2% of the remaining
     average  net  assets) then  in  effect under  any  state securities  law or
     regulation. Without  such expense  limitations, it  is estimated  that  the
     "Management  Fees," "Other Expenses" and "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses",
     incurred for the fiscal  year ended December 31,  1995 are estimated to  be
     .60%, .22% and .82%, respectively for the Managed Portfolio; .60%, .55% and
     1.15%,  respectively for the Small Cap Portfolio and .75%, 6.28% and 7.03%,
     respectively for  the Global  Equity Portfolio.  Variations in  the  actual
     amount  of average assets in any of  these Portfolios during 1995 can cause
     significant variations  in  expenses  expressed as  a  percentage  of  that
     Portfolio's average net assets. It is estimated by Quest management that by
     the  end  of 1995,  the  net assets  of each  of  these Portfolios  will be
     sufficient such that the total annual  expenses of each Portfolio will,  on
     an  annualized  basis, be  approximately equal  to, if  not less  than, the
     voluntary limits.
</TABLE>

                                                                               9
<PAGE>
                    The purpose of the foregoing Table on page 9 of this
                    Prospectus is to assist the Owner in understanding the
                    various costs and expenses that a Owner will incur, directly
                    or indirectly. For additional information, see the
                    discussion in each Fund's prospectus. Premium tax
                    equivalents are not reflected in the Table, though they may
                    apply.

                    EXAMPLES

                    The Owner would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
                    investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, and
                    assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the Variable
                    Account:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
                                                                                 ------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                                                              <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
                     1. IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE
                      TIME PERIOD:
                     Alger American Growth Portfolio...........................   $83      $114      $149       $264
                     Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.................   $92      $142      $194       $353
                     Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio....................   $84      $118      $154       $275
                     Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.............   $84      $117      $154       $274
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio......................   $80      $106      $134       $235
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio.......................   $77      $ 96      $118       $202
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio...................   $82      $113      $145       $257
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...........   $81      $109      $139       $244
                     MFS Total Return Series...................................   $84      $119      $156       $278
                     MFS Utilities Series......................................   $84      $119      $156       $278
                     MFS World Governments Series..............................   $84      $119      $156       $278
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio....................................   $84      $118      $154       $275
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio.......................   $82      $110      $142       $250
                     AMT Partners Portfolio....................................   $87      $128      $170       $307
                     Quest For Value Global Equity Portfolio...................   $87      $126      $168       $302
                     Quest For Value Managed Portfolio.........................   $81      $108      $138       $243
                     Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio.......................   $82      $111      $142       $251
</TABLE>

                    2.  IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS
                    ANNUITIZED:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
                     Alger American Growth Portfolio...........................   $23      $ 72      $123       $264
                     Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio.................   $33      $ 99      $169       $353
                     Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio....................   $24      $ 75      $129       $275
                     Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.............   $24      $ 75      $128       $274
                     Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio......................   $21      $ 63      $109       $235
                     Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio.......................   $17      $ 54      $ 93       $202
                     Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio...................   $23      $ 70      $120       $257
                     Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...........   $21      $ 66      $113       $244
                     MFS Total Return Series...................................   $25      $ 76      $130       $278
                     MFS Utilities Series......................................   $25      $ 76      $130       $278
                     MFS World Governments Series..............................   $25      $ 76      $130       $278
                     AMT Balanced Portfolio....................................   $24      $ 75      $129       $275
                     AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio.......................   $22      $ 68      $116       $250
                     AMT Partners Portfolio....................................   $28      $ 85      $145       $307
                     Quest For Value Global Equity Portfolio...................   $27      $ 84      $142       $302
                     Quest For Value Managed Portfolio.........................   $21      $ 66      $113       $243
                     Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio.......................   $22      $ 68      $117       $251
</TABLE>

                    The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
                    understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
                    indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
                    Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
                    which are subject to expense reimbursement arrangements
                    which may be subject to change. See the Funds' Prospectuses.
                    In addition to the expenses listed above, charges for
                    premium tax equivalents may be applicable.

10
<PAGE>
   
                    These examples reflect the annual $30 Annuity Account Fee as
                    an annual charge of .14% of assets, based upon an
                    anticipated average Annuity Account Value of $21,425.
    

                    THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
                    PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
                    OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   
                    The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
                    There follows, for each of the seventeen Variable Account
                    Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts, information
                    regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit values from
                    date of inception through December 31, 1995 and the number
                    of Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31, 1995:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      NUMBER OF
                                                                                                     ACCUMULATION
                                                                    ACCUMULATION     ACCUMULATION       UNITS
                                                                   UNIT BEGINNING     UNIT VALUE     OUTSTANDING
                                      SUB-ACCOUNT                       VALUE         AT 12/31/95     12/31/95
                      -------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------
<C>                   <S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C>
                      Alger American Growth Portfolio                     10.00         12.385784       311,649
                      Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio           10.00         13.895178        87,024
                      Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio              10.00         13.106537       155,535
                      Alger American Small Cap Portfolio                  10.00         13.092181       249,882
                      Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio                10.00         12.128673       539,741
                      Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio                 10.00         10.245402       680,856
                      Fidelity VIP II: Asset Manager Portfolio            10.00         11.280365        62,375
                      Fidelity VIP II: Invest Grade Bond
                       Portfolio                                          10.00         10.541110       144,347
                      MFS Total Return Series                             10.00         11.003903       148,985
                      MFS Utilities Series                                10.00         11.365171        45,129
                      MFS World Governments Series                        10.00         10.277969        33,344
                      AMT Balanced Portfolio                              10.00         10.269633        85,477
                      AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio                 10.00         10.547360       106,840
                      AMT Partners Portfolio                              10.00         12.122020       125,694
                      Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio             10.00         11.758951       139,287
                      Quest for Value Managed Portfolio                   10.00         11.143831       486,528
                      Quest for Value Small Cap Portfolio                 10.00         10.855343        58,004
<FN>
</TABLE>
    

   
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
    

                    THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
                    incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
                    the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
                    mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
                    (860) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
                    in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
                    The Company issues group and individual life and health
                    insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
                    wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
                    insurance business. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
                    of Connecticut General Corporation, Bloomfield, Connecticut.
                    Connecticut General Corporation is wholly-owned by CIGNA
                    Holdings Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania which is in turn
                    wholly-owned by CIGNA Corporation, Philadelphia,
                    Pennsylvania. Connecticut General Corporation is the holding
                    company of various insurance companies, one of which is
                    Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.

                    THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
                    by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
                    pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
                    Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
                    the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
                    assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
                    income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
                    held in relation to the Contracts described in this
                    Prospectus, to the extent necessary to meet the Company's
                    obligations thereunder. Although that portion of the assets
                    maintained in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
                    other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable
                    Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out
                    of any other

                                                                              11
<PAGE>
                    business conducted by the Company, all obligations arising
                    under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity
                    payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.

                    The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
                    Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
                    trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
                    (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a separate
                    account under the federal securities laws. Registration with
                    the Commission does not involve supervision of the
                    management or investment practices or policies of the
                    Variable Account or of the Company by the Commission.

   
                    The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
                    Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
                    of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
                    Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
                    by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
                    distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
                    held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
                    additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
                    the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
                    death benefits, annuity account fees, mortality and expense
                    risk charges, administrative expense charges and any
                    applicable taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the
                    number of Fund shares at their net asset value equal in
                    total value to the amount to be deducted. The Variable
                    Account will purchase and redeem Fund shares on an aggregate
                    basis and will be fully invested in Fund shares at all
                    times.
    

THE FUNDS

                    Each of the seventeen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account
                    is invested solely in shares of one of the seventeen Funds
                    available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
                    the Funds is a series of one of six Massachusetts or
                    Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
                    the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
                    diversified management investment company under the 1940
                    Act.

                    The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
                    are:

                        Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
                        Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
                        10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
                        Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
                        07302;

                        Variable Insurance Products Fund I ("Fidelity Trust I"),
                        and Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity Trust
                        II"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
                        and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
                        Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;

                        MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust"), managed by
                        Massachusetts Financial Services Company and distributed
                        by MFS Investor Services, Inc., 500 Boylston Street,
                        Boston, MA 02116;

                        Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("Neuberger
                        & Berman AMT Trust"), managed and distributed by
                        Neuberger & Berman Management Incorporated, 605 Third
                        Avenue, New York, NY 10158-0006;

                        Quest for Value Accumulation Trust ("Quest for Value
                        Trust"), managed by Quest for Value Advisors and
                        distributed by Quest for Value Distributors, One World
                        Financial Center, New York, NY 10281.

                    Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        Alger American Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
                        Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
                        Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.

12
<PAGE>
                    Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust I are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio").
                        Money Market Portfolio ("Fidelity Money Market Fund").

                    Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust II are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Asset Manager Portfolio ("Fidelity Asset Manager
                    Portfolio");
                        Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Bond
                    Portfolio").

                    Three Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
                        MFS Total Return Series;
                        MFS Utilities Series;
                        MFS World Governments Series.

                    Three Funds of NEUBERGER & BERMAN AMT Trust are available
                    under the Contracts:
                        AMT Balanced Portfolio;
                        AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
                        AMT Partners Portfolio.

                    Three Funds of QUEST FOR VALUE Trust are available under the
                    Contracts:
                        Quest Global Equity Portfolio;
                        Quest Managed Portfolio;
                        Quest Small Cap Portfolio.

                    The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
                    advisers are shown in the Fee Table at page 9 of this
                    Prospectus.

                    There follows a brief description of the investment
                    objective of each Fund. There can be no assurance that any
                    of the stated investment objectives will be achieved.

                    ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
                    appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
                    portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
                    total market capitalization of $1 billion or greater.

                    ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
                    capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
                    managed portfolio of equity securities, with the ability to
                    engage in leveraging (up to one-third of assets) and options
                    and futures transactions.

                    ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
                    capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
                    managed portfolio of equity securities, primarily of
                    companies with total market capitalization between $750
                    million and $3.5 billion.

                    ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
                    appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
                    portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
                    total market capitalization of less than $1 billion.

                    FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO: Seeks high total return
                    with reduced risk over the long-term by allocating its
                    assets among domestic and foreign stocks, bonds and short-
                    term fixed-income instruments.

                    FIDELITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks as high a level of current
                    income as is consistent with the preservation of capital by
                    investing in a broad range of investment-grade fixed-income
                    securities, with a dollar-weighted average portfolio
                    maturity of ten years or less.

                    FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO: Seeks reasonable income by
                    investing primarily in income-producing equity securities,
                    with some potential for capital appreciation, seeking to
                    exceed the composite yield on the securities comprising the
                    Standard and Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.

                    FIDELITY MONEY MARKET FUND: Seeks as high a level of current
                    income as is consistent with preserving capital and
                    providing liquidity, through investment in high quality U.S.
                    dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
                    foreign issuers.

                                                                              13
<PAGE>
                    MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES: Seeks primarily to obtain
                    above-average income, (compared to a portfolio entirely
                    invested in equity securities) consistent with the prudent
                    employment of capital, and secondarily to provide a
                    reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.

                    MFS UTILITIES SERIES: Seeks capital growth and current
                    income (income above that obtainable from a portfolio
                    invested entirely in equity securities), by investing, under
                    normal circumstances, at least 65% of its assets in equity
                    and debt securities of utility companies.

                    MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES: Seeks not only preservation,
                    but also growth, of capital together with moderate current
                    income through a professionally managed, internationally
                    diversified portfolio consisting primarily of debt
                    securities and to a lesser extent equity securities.

                    AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital growth and
                    reasonable current income without undue risk to principal.

                    AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks the highest
                    current income consistent with low risk to principal and
                    liquidity; and secondarily, enhanced total return through
                    capital appreciation when market factors, such as falling
                    interest rates and rising bond prices, indicate that capital
                    appreciation may be available without significant risk to
                    principal.

                    AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital growth. Invests
                    primarily in common stocks of established companies, using
                    the value-oriented investment approach. The Portfolio seeks
                    capital growth through an investment approach that is
                    designed to increase capital with reasonable risk. Its
                    investment program seeks securities believed to be
                    undervalued based on strong fundamentals such as low
                    price-to-earnings ratios, consistent cash flow, and support
                    from asset values.

                    QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
                    appreciation through a global investment strategy primarily
                    involving equity securities.

                    QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO: Seeks growth of capital over time
                    through investment in a portfolio of common stocks, bonds
                    and cash equivalents, the percentage of which will vary
                    based on management's assessments of relative investment
                    values.

                    QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital appreciation
                    through investments in a diversified portfolio of equity
                    securities of companies with market capitalizations of under
                    $1 billion.

   
                    The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
                    Portfolio, Fidelity Asset Manager Portfolio, MFS Total
                    Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS World Governments
                    Series, Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio, Quest for
                    Value Managed Portfolio, and the Quest for Value Small Cap
                    Portfolio funds may invest in non-investment grade, high
                    yield, high-risk debt securities (commonly referred to as
                    "junk bonds"), as detailed in the individual fund
                    prospectuses.
    

                    GENERAL

                    There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
                    of the Funds will be met. Owners bear the complete
                    investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
                    Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
                    inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
                    among the Sub-Accounts. Owners should read each Fund's
                    prospectus carefully and understand the Funds' relative
                    degrees of risk before making or changing investment
                    choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time, be made
                    available as investments to underlie the Contracts. However,
                    the right to make such selections will be limited by the
                    terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by the
                    Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value --
                    Allocation of Premium Payments").

14
<PAGE>
                    SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES

                    If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
                    investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
                    the Company, further investment in such shares should become
                    inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
                    Company may substitute shares of another Fund. No
                    substitution of securities in any Sub-Account may take place
                    without prior approval of the Commission and under such
                    requirements as it may impose.

                    VOTING RIGHTS

                    In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
                    Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
                    Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
                    the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
                    received from persons having the voting interest in the
                    Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
                    has not received instructions, as well as shares
                    attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
                    shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
                    not hold regular meetings of shareholders. Shareholder votes
                    take place whenever state law or the 1940 Act so require,
                    for example on certain elections of Boards of Trustees, the
                    initial approval of investment advisory contracts and
                    changes in investment objectives and fundamental investment
                    policies.

                    The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
                    be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
                    more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
                    particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
                    written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
                    the meeting.

                    The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
                    with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
                    policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
                    other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
                    any disadvantage to Owners arising out of the fact that
                    shares may be made available to separate accounts which are
                    used in connection with both variable annuity and variable
                    life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts' Boards
                    intend to monitor events in order to identify any material
                    irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to
                    determine what action, if any, should be taken in response
                    thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of the
                    separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a Fund.
                    This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities at
                    disadvantageous prices.

PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE

                    PREMIUM PAYMENTS

                    The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
                    payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
                    and in the amount selected by the Owner. The initial Premium
                    Payment is due on the Effective Date. It must be at least
                    $2,500 ($2,000 for an Individual Retirement Annuity under
                    Section 408 of the Code). Subsequent Premium Payments must
                    be at least $100. These minimum amounts are not waived for
                    Qualified Plans. The Company reserves the right to decline
                    any application or Premium Payment. A Premium Payment in
                    excess of $1 million requires preapproval by the Company.

                    The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive the minimum
                    payment requirements.

                    The Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change the
                    frequency of Premium Payments.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>
                    ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS

                    Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
                    appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
                    Fixed Account as selected by the Owner. For each Variable
                    Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are converted into
                    Accumulation Units. The number of Accumulation Units
                    credited to the Contract is determined by dividing the
                    Premium Payment allocated to the Sub-Account by the value of
                    the Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.

   
                    The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
                    directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.
    

                    Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
                    instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
                    allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
                    given, the allocation will be that which has been most
                    recently directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may
                    change the allocation of future payments without fee,
                    penalty or other charge upon written notice to the Variable
                    Products Service Center. A change will be effective for
                    payments received on or after receipt of the written notice
                    of change.

   
                    Not less than 10% of any Premium Payment at the time of any
                    allocation may be allocated to a single Sub-Account, and no
                    allocation can be made which would result in a Variable
                    Account Sub-Account value of less than $500 or a Fixed
                    Account Sub-Account value of less than $2,500. The Company,
                    at its sole discretion may waive minimum premium allocation
                    or minimum Variable Account Sub-Account requirements.
    

   
                    For initial Premium Payments, if the application for a
                    Contract is in good order, the Company will apply the
                    Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit the
                    Contract with Accumulation Units within two business days of
                    receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the Valuation
                    Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted unless
                    state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
                    refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
                    Value.
    

                    If the application for a Contract is not in good order, the
                    Company will attempt to get it in good order or the Company
                    will return the application and the Premium Payment within
                    five business days. The Company will not retain a Premium
                    Payment for more than five business days while processing an
                    incomplete application unless it has been so authorized by
                    the purchaser.

   
                    For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
                    such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
                    with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
                    the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
                    received in good order.
    

                    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

                    Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected,
                    enables a Owner to systematically allocate specified dollar
                    amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year
                    Fixed Sub-Account to the Contract's other Sub-Accounts at
                    regular intervals. By allocating on a regularly scheduled
                    basis as opposed to allocating the total amount at one
                    particular time, a Owner may be less susceptible to the
                    impact of market fluctuations.

   
                    Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
                    Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account
                    value of at least $12,000. The minimum amount per month to
                    allocate is $1,000. All Dollar Cost Averaging transfers will
                    be made effective the twentieth of the month (or the next
                    Valuation Date if the twentieth of the month is not a
                    Valuation Date). Election into this program may occur at any
                    time by properly completing the Dollar Cost Averaging
                    election form, returning it to the Company so it is
    

16
<PAGE>
   
                    received by the tenth of the month, to be effective that
                    month, and insuring that sufficient value is in the Money
                    Market Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account.
                    Transfers to the Fixed Account or from other than the
                    One-Year Fixed Sub-Account are not permitted under Dollar
                    Cost Averaging. The Company, at its sole discretion may
                    waive Dollar Cost Averaging minimum deposit and transfer
                    requirements.
    

                    Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
                    following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
                    been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
                    Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
                    complete the next transfer; (3) the Owner requests
                    termination in writing and such writing is received by the
                    tenth of the month in order to cancel the transfer scheduled
                    to take effect that month; or (4) the Contract is
                    surrendered.

                    The Dollar Cost Averaging program may not be active
                    following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
                    Dollar Cost Averaging but the Company reserves the right to
                    charge for this program. In the event there are additional
                    transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
                    not intend to profit from any such charge.

   
                    AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
    

   
                    Automatic Rebalancing is an option that allows a Contract
                    Owner periodically to restore to a pre-determined level the
                    percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Variable
                    Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
                    Equity-Income, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined
                    allocation will be the allocation initially selected on the
                    application, unless subsequently changed. An allocation may
                    be changed at any time by submitting a request in writing to
                    the Company. If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net
                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account
                    Sub-Accounts must be included in the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option. The Fixed Account Sub-Account is not available for
                    Rebalancing.
    

   
                    Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
                    semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contract
                    Owner. Once the Rebalancing option is activated, any
                    Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the Rebalancing
                    option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing feature. The
                    Contract Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing
                    option at any time by submitting a request in writing to the
                    Company.
    

   
                    A Contract Owner may not have both the Dollar Cost Averaging
                    Option and the Automatic Rebalancing option in effect at the
                    same time.
    

   
                    The Automatic Rebalancing program may not be active
                    following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
                    Automatic Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to
                    charge for this program. In the event there are additional
                    transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
                    not intend to profit from any such charge.
    

                    CONTRACT VALUE

                    The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
                    attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
                    Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
                    determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
                    attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
                    of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.

                    ACCUMULATION UNIT

                    Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
                    converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
                    each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
                    for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
                    allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
                    value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
                    $10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
                    Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
                    Valuation Period is determined by multiplying

                                                                              17
<PAGE>
                    the Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
                    preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
                    the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
                    calculated as follows:

                    The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
                    Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
                    dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
                    result, where:
                    (A) Is the net result of:
                       (1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
                          for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
                          Valuation Period, plus
                       (2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
                          distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
                          in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
                          "ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
                          plus or minus
                       (3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
                          paid or reserved for by the Company during the
                          Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
                          to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
                          Account Sub-Account;
                    (B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
                        Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
                        the preceding Valuation Period; and
                    (C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
                        the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
                        the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
                        expenses.

                    The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
                    the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
                    24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.

CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

                    Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
                    Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
                    deductions are:

                    DEDUCTION FOR CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)

                    Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
                    will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
                    reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
                    with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
                    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
                    Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
                    of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
                    allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
                    first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
                    Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by: (a) allocating
                    Premium Payments to the amount surrendered; (b) multiplying
                    each allocated Premium Payment that has been held under the
                    Contract for the period shown below by the charge shown
                    below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEARS SINCE
                                 PAYMENT      CHARGE
                              --------------  ------
                              <S>             <C>
                                   0-1            7%
                                   1-2            6%
                                   2-3            5%
                                   3-4            4%
                                   4-5            3%
                                   5-6            2%
                                   6-7            1%
                                    7+            0
</TABLE>

18
<PAGE>
                    and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
                    above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
                    Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
                    and Annuity Account Fee will be deducted before application
                    of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not
                    imposed on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to
                    an annuity option.

                    An Owner may, not more frequently than once each Contract
                    Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent (15%) of
                    Premium Payments, or any remaining portion thereof, without
                    incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The earliest
                    Premium Payments remaining in the Contract will be deemed
                    withdrawn first under this Fifteen Percent Free, even if no
                    Contingent Deferred Sales Charge would have been assessed on
                    such a withdrawal. No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will
                    be deducted from Premium Payments which have been held under
                    the Contract for more than seven (7) Contract Years or as
                    annuity payments. The Company may also eliminate or reduce
                    the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge under the Company
                    procedures then in effect.

                    For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
                    otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
                    deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
                    the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
                    Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
                    value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
                    of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
                    made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
                    insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
                    net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
                    unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.
                    Commissions will be paid to broker-dealers who sell the
                    Contracts. Broker-dealers will be paid commissions, up to an
                    amount equal to 6.50% of Premium Payments, for promotional
                    or distribution expenses associated with the marketing of
                    the Contracts. To the extent that the Contingent Deferred
                    Sales Charge is insufficient to cover the actual cost of
                    distribution, the Company may use any of its corporate
                    assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any
                    difference.

                    DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

   
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
                    Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
                    1.25% of the average daily net assets of the Variable
                    Account (consisting of approximately .75% for mortality
                    risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
                    mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
                    contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
                    Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
                    with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contracts. The expense
                    risk assumed by the Company is that all actual expenses
                    involved in administering the Contracts, including Contract
                    maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs, data
                    processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees,
                    and the costs of other services may exceed the amount
                    recovered from the Annuity Account Fee and the
                    Administrative Expense Charge.
    

                    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
                    cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
                    Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
                    sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
                    Company expects to profit from this charge.

                    The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
                    Company and cannot be increased.

                                                                              19
<PAGE>
                    DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

   
                    The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
                    Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.15%
                    of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
                    This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
                    expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
                    guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
                    Company will not derive a profit from this charge.
    

                    DEDUCTION FOR ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE

                    The Company deducts an annual Annuity Account Fee of $30
                    from the Annuity Account Value on the last Valuation Date of
                    each Contract Year. This charge is to reimburse the Company
                    for a portion of its administrative expenses (see above).
                    Prior to the Annuity Date, this charge is deducted by
                    cancelling Accumulation Units from each applicable
                    Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
                    bears to the total Annuity Account Value. When the Contract
                    is annuitized or surrendered for its full Surrender Value on
                    other than a Contract Anniversary, the Annuity Account Fee
                    will be prorated at the time of surrender. On and after the
                    Annuity Date, the Annuity Account Fee will be collected
                    proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) on which the
                    Variable Annuity payment is based, prorated on a monthly
                    basis and will result in a reduction of the annuity
                    payments. The Annuity Account Fee will be waived for any
                    Contract Year in which the Annuity Account Value equals or
                    exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of the
                    Contract Year.

                    DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS

                    Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
                    municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
                    against Annuity Account Value. No premium taxes are
                    currently imposed by the State of New York on the contracts
                    offered hereby. Some states assess premium taxes at the time
                    Premium Payments are made; others assess premium taxes at
                    the time annuity payments begin. The Company will, in its
                    sole discretion, determine when taxes have resulted from:
                    the investment experience of the Variable Account; receipt
                    by the Company of the Premium Payment(s); or commencement of
                    annuity payments. The Company may, at its sole discretion,
                    pay taxes when due and deduct an equivalent amount
                    reflecting investment experience from the Annuity Account
                    Value at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not
                    waive any right the Company may have to deduct amounts at a
                    later date.

                    DEDUCTION FOR INCOME TAXES

                    While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
                    for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
                    to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
                    in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
                    of the operation of the Variable Account. The Company will
                    deduct for any income taxes incurred by it as a result of
                    the operation of the Variable Account whether or not there
                    was a provision for taxes and whether or not it was
                    sufficient.

                    DEDUCTION FOR FUND EXPENSES

                    There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
                    the assets of the Funds which are described in the
                    accompanying Funds' prospectuses.

                    DEDUCTION FOR TRANSFER FEE

                    Prior to the Annuity Date, a Owner may transfer all or a
                    part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer

20
<PAGE>
   
                    fee or charge if there have been no more than twelve
                    transfers made in the Contract Year. For additional
                    transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
                    transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer. Prescheduled
                    automatic dollar cost averaging or automatic rebalancing
                    transfers are not counted toward the twelve transfer limit.
                    The Company reserves the right to charge a fee of up to $10
                    for each transfer after the Annuity Date. The transfer fee
                    at any given time is guaranteed not to exceed $10, will not
                    be set at a level greater than its cost and will contain no
                    element of profit.
    

OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES

                    OWNERSHIP

                    The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits under
                    the Contract. The Owner may change the Owner at any time. If
                    the Owner dies, a death benefit will be paid to the
                    Beneficiary upon proof of the Owner's death. If the Owner is
                    a corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
                    death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. A change of Owner will automatically
                    revoke any prior designation of Owner. A request for change
                    must be: (1) made in writing; and
                    (2) received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
                    Center. The change will become effective as of the date the
                    written request is signed. A new designation of Owner will
                    not apply to any payment made or action taken by the Company
                    prior to the time it was received.

                    For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
                    72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
                    other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
                    an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
                    is treated as ordinary income received by the owner during
                    the taxable year. But in accordance with Code Section 72(u),
                    an annuity contract held by a trust or other entity as agent
                    for a natural person is considered held by a natural person.

                    ASSIGNMENT

                    The Owner may assign the Contract at any time during his or
                    her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an assignment will
                    not affect the interest of any previously indicated
                    Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any assignment
                    until written notice is received by the Company at its
                    Variable Products Service Center. The Company is not
                    responsible for the validity of any assignment. The Company
                    will not be liable as to any payment or other settlement
                    made by the Company before such assignment has been recorded
                    at the Company's Variable Products Service Center.

                    If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
                    may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
                    as may be allowed under applicable law.

                    BENEFICIARY

                    The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
                    and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
                    benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
                    benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
                    Owner.

                    CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY

                    The Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a written
                    request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
                    Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary designation was
                    previously filed. After the change is recorded, it will take
                    effect as of the date the request was signed. If the request
                    reaches the Variable Products Service Center after the

                                                                              21
<PAGE>
                    Annuitant or Owner, as applicable, dies but before any
                    payment is made, the change will be valid. The Company will
                    not be liable for any payment made or action taken before it
                    records the change.

                    ANNUITANT

                    The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
                    the Annuitant on the Effective Date is 85 years old. The
                    Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
                    Date. Joint Annuitants are allowed at the time of
                    annuitization only, if the Company chooses to make a joint
                    and survivor annuity payment option available in addition to
                    the options provided in the Contract. The Annuitant has no
                    rights or privileges prior to the Annuity Date. When an
                    Annuity Option is elected, the amount payable as of the
                    Annuity Date is based on the age and gender classification
                    (in accordance with state law) of the Annuitant, as well as
                    the Option selected and the Annuity Account Value.

                    TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS

                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer all or
                    part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
                    another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
                    charge if there have been no more than twelve transfers made
                    in the Contract Year. For additional transfers, the Company
                    reserves the right to deduct a transfer fee of up to $10
                    (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Transfer
                    Fee"). This Contract is not designed for professional market
                    timing organizations or other entities using programmed and
                    frequent transfers.

                    After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
                    was selected, the Owner may make up to three transfers
                    between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract Year.

                    All transfers are subject to the following:
                    A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
                       The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
                       is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
                       being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from
                       which the transfer is made.
   
                    B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
                       of (i) $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per
                       Variable Account Sub-Account. (The Company, at its sole
                       discretion may waive these minimum requirements); or (ii)
                       the Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account.
    
                    C. No partial transfer will be made if the Owner's remaining
                       Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less than $500.
                    D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
                       next following receipt by the Company of a written
                       transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized)
                       containing all required information. However, no transfer
                       may be made effective within seven calendar days of the
                       date on which the first annuity payment is due. Transfers
                       may not be permitted during the right-to-examine period.
                    E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
                       which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
                       to be affected.
                    F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
                       Sub-Account values are subject to any applicable Market
                       Value Adjustment;
                    G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
                       any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
                       date of receipt of the transfer request;
                    H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
                       subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
                       Funds;
                    I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
                       prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
                       the transfer privileges described above.

22
<PAGE>
                    J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
                       between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
                       Option.
   
                    K. At no time may the total premium allocated among the
                       Fixed Sub-Accounts exceed $500,000.
    

   
                    Transfer requests must be received at the Variable Products
                    Service Center prior to 4.00 ET in order to be effective
                    that day.
    

                    PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

                    Owners may effect telephone transfers in two ways. All
                    Owners may directly contact a service representative. Owners
                    may in the future also request access to an electronic
                    service known as a Voice Response Unit (VRU). The VRU will
                    permit the transfer of monies among the Sub-Accounts and
                    changes in the allocation of future payments. All Owners who
                    do not wish to have the right to conduct telephone transfers
                    must so indicate on the Contract application by checking the
                    appropriate box.

   
                    The Company will undertake reasonable procedures to confirm
                    that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
                    Before a service representative accepts any request, the
                    caller will be asked for his or her social security number
                    and Contract number. All calls will be recorded. A Personal
                    Identification Number (PIN) will be assigned to all Owners
                    who select VRU access. The PIN is selected by and known only
                    to the Owner. Proper entry of the PIN is required before any
                    transactions will be allowed through VRU. Furthermore, all
                    transactions performed over the VRU, as well as with a
                    service representative, will be confirmed by the Company
                    through a written letter. Moreover, all VRU transactions
                    will be assigned a unique confirmation number which will
                    become part of the Contract's history. The Company is not
                    liable for any loss, cost or expense for action on telephone
                    instructions which are believed to be genuine in accordance
                    with these procedures.
    

                    SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS

                    While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
                    the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
                    Owner, allow the surrender or Partial Withdrawal of all or a
                    portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value. Such
                    request may also be made by telephone if telephone transfers
                    have been previously authorized in writing. Surrenders or
                    Partial Withdrawals will result in the cancellation of
                    Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the
                    ratio that the value of each Sub-Account bears to the total
                    Annuity Account Value, unless the Owner specifies in writing
                    in advance which units are to be cancelled. The Company will
                    pay the amount of any surrender or Partial Withdrawal within
                    seven (7) days of receipt of a valid request, unless the
                    "Delay of Payments" provision is in effect (See "Delay of
                    Payments and Transfers").

                    Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
                    to surrenders and partial withdrawal from Contracts (See
                    "Tax Status"). Owners should consult their own tax counsel
                    or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and partial
                    withdrawals.

                    The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
                    Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
                    which the written request to the Company for surrender is
                    received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
                    of:
                    A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
                       deducted;
                    B. any applicable Annuity Account Fee;
                    C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
                    D. any applicable accrued charges for partial withdrawals by
                       A and C above.

                                                                              23
<PAGE>
                    DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS

                    The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
                    payments or transfers for any period when:
                    1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
                       customary weekend and holiday closings);
                    2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
                    3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
                       securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
                       practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                       determine the value of the Variable Account's net assets;
                       or
                    4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
                       permits for the protection of Owners.

                    The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
                    govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
                    exist.

                    The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
                    transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
                    date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
                    received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
                    beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
                    not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.

   
                    In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
                    derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
                    the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
                    Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
    

                    DEATH OF THE OWNER BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE

   
                    In the event of death of the Owner (or the Annuitant, if the
                    Owner is a non-natural person) prior to the Annuity Date, a
                    death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary designated by
                    the Owner. The value of the death benefit will be determined
                    as of the Valuation Period next following the date both due
                    proof of death (a certified copy of the Death Certificate)
                    and a payment election are received by the Company. The
                    value of the death benefit is equal to the greatest of (a)
                    Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals; (b) the
                    Annuity Account Value or (c) the Purchasers' Annuity Account
                    Value on the Seven Year Anniversary immediately preceding
                    the date that the death benefit election is effective or is
                    deemed to become effective, adjusted for any subsequent
                    Premium Payments and partial withdrawals and charges. If the
                    death benefit is payable after the Owner's (or Annuitant's)
                    85th birthday, the amount payable will be the greater of (a)
                    or (b) above. The Beneficiary may, at any time before the
                    end of the sixty (60) day period immediately following
                    receipt of due proof of death by the Company, elect the
                    death benefit to be paid as follows:
    
                    1. the payment of the entire death benefit within five years
                       of the date of the death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                       whichever is applicable; or
                    2. payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
                       or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                       of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within
                       one year of the date of death of the Owner or Annuitant,
                       whichever is applicable (see "Annuity Provisions --
                       Annuity Options"); or
                    3. payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
                       under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
                       Options"); or
                    4. if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
                       he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.

                    Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
                    (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options"). To the extent
                    that the Beneficiary elects a variable

24
<PAGE>
                    payment option, the Beneficiary will bear the investment
                    risk associated with the performance of the underlying
                    Fund(s) in which the relevant Variable Sub Account
                    invest(s).

                    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
                    will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
                    of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
                    of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.

                    If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
                    the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
                    Owner.

                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE

                    If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
                    Annuitant is different from the Owner, the Owner, if a
                    natural person, may designate a new Annuitant. Unless and
                    until one is designated, the Owner will be the Annuitant. If
                    the Owner is not a natural person, then the death benefit is
                    paid on the Annuitant's death.

                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE

                    If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
                    benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
                    elected. The Company will require due proof of the
                    Annuitant's death. Death benefits will be paid at least as
                    rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
                    Annuitant's death.

                    CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT

                    At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
                    interests of persons having voting rights under the
                    Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
                    management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
                    permitted by law; de-registered under the 1940 Act in the
                    event registration is no longer required (deregistration of
                    the Variable Account requires an order by the Commission);
                    or combined with one or more other separate accounts. To the
                    extent permitted by applicable law, the Company also may
                    transfer the assets of the Variable Account associated with
                    the Contracts to another account or accounts. In the event
                    of any change in the operation of the Variable Account
                    pursuant to this provision, the Company may make appropriate
                    endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the change and take
                    such other action as may be necessary and appropriate to
                    effect the change.

                    MODIFICATION

                    Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
                    Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
                    such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
                    the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
                    law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
                    the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
                    necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
                    the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
                    relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
                    (iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of
                    the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in
                    Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides additional
                    Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options. In the
                    event of any such modification, the Company may make
                    appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect such
                    modification.

                    In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
                    modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
                    Annuity Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
                    administrative expense charges, the tables used in
                    determining the amount of

                                                                              25
<PAGE>
                    the first monthly fixed annuity payment, and the formula
                    used to calculate the Market Value Adjustment, provided that
                    such modification shall apply only to Contracts established
                    after the effective date of such modification. In order to
                    exercise its modification rights in these particular
                    instances, the Company must notify the Owner of such
                    modification in writing. All of the charges and the annuity
                    tables which are provided in the Contracts prior to any such
                    modification will remain in effect permanently, unless
                    improved by the Company, with respect to Contracts
                    established prior to the effective date of such
                    modification.

                    DISCONTINUANCE

                    The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
                    offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
                    discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
                    with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
                    date of such limitation or discontinuance.

ANNUITY PROVISIONS

                    ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION

                    The Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of
                    application. The Owner may, upon at least thirty (30) days
                    prior written notice to the Company, at any time prior to
                    the Annuity Date, change the Annuity Date. The Annuity Date
                    must always be the first day of a calendar month. The
                    Annuity Date may not be later than the month following the
                    Annuitant's 90th birthday.

                    The Owner may, upon at least (30) days prior written notice
                    to the Company, at any time prior to the Annuity Date,
                    select and/or change the Annuity Option.

                    ANNUITY OPTIONS

                    Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Owner
                    may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on a
                    fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
                    Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
                    the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
                    of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
                    those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
                    settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
                    annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
                    payments.

                    FIXED OPTIONS

                    Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
                    payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
                    vary. The fixed options currently available are:

                    FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
                    monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
                    with the last payment due prior to the death of the
                    Annuitant. Under this option, it is possible only one
                    monthly annuity payment would be made, if the Annuitant died
                    before the second monthly annuity payment was due.

                    SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
                    Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
                    the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
                    the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
                    each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
                    age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
                    of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
                    minimum period chosen.

                    THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
                    will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
                    Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after

26
<PAGE>
                    payments have started, the Company will pay in one sum any
                    excess of the amount of the proceeds applied under this
                    Option over the total of all payments made under this
                    Option. The amount of each monthly payment per $1,000 of
                    proceeds is based on the age and gender (in accordance with
                    state law) of the Annuitant when the first payment is made.

                    FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
                    equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
                    less than five or more than thirty years.

                    VARIABLE OPTIONS

                    The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
                    dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
                    annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
                    Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
                    investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
                    annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
                    frequently or for longer periods of time.

                    The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
                    payment is determined by applying the available value (after
                    deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
                    deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
                    accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
                    Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
                    amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
                    the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
                    period of annuity payments. This determination is made
                    separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
                    number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
                    and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
                    of the date annuity payments are to begin.

                    The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
                    be aggregated for purposes of making payments.

                    The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
                    payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
                    for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
                    Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
                    may increase or decrease from month to month.

                    The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
                    three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
                    actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
                    payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
                    less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
                    decrease.

                    The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
                    Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
                    Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
                    will vary accordingly.

   
                    The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
                    multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
                    the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
                    for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
                    pages 17 and 18 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
                    result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize the
                    assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
                    annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
                    increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
                    Period.
    

                    The variable options currently available, assuming the
                    Annuity Account Value is at least $1,000 when variable
                    annuity payments commence, are:

                    OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
                    are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
                    last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.

                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                    OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
                    PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
                    an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
                    which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;

                    OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
                    payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
                    than five or more than thirty years. Under this Option III,
                    the Annuitant may elect at any time during the period that
                    all or a portion of future payments be commuted and paid in
                    a lump sum or applied under Option I or Option II, subject
                    to the Company's rules about minimum payment amounts.

                    After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
                    the Variable Products Service Center, exchange Annuity Units
                    of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units of equivalent
                    value in another Variable Sub-Account up to three times each
                    Contract Year.

                    EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL

                    The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
                    survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
                    such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
                    Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
                    Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
                    Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.

                    ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS

   
                    The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
                    Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
                    the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
                    Annuitant's survival be furnished.
    

   
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
    

   
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
                    COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
                    BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
                    INTERESTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
                    UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND
                    NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT
                    HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1940 ACT. THEREFORE, NEITHER
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS GENERALLY
                    SUBJECT TO REGULATION UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT
                    OR THE 1940 ACT. ACCORDINGLY, THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED
                    THAT THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS
                    NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO
                    THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
    

   
                    The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
                    Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
                    connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
                    the Owner at the time such payment is made. In addition, all
                    or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value may be
                    transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the Contract
                    as described under "Transfer of Contract Values between
                    Sub-Accounts." At no time may the total premium invested
                    among the Fixed Sub-Accounts exceed $500,000. Instead of the
                    Owner's assuming all of the investment risk as is the case
                    for Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account, the
                    Company guarantees it will credit interest of at least 3%
                    per year to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account.
    

   
                    Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
                    the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
                    account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
                    creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
                    account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
                    Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
                    performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
                    Company's general account.
    

   
                    The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
                    those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
                    state laws regarding the nature and quality of
    

28
<PAGE>
   
                    investments that may be made by life insurance companies and
                    the percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
                    particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
                    investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
                    qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
                    corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
                    mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
    

   
                    If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
                    maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
                    to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
                    Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
                    Any amount withdrawn from the Sub-Account prior to the
                    expiration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period is subject
                    to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment")
                    and a Deferred Sales Charge, if applicable. The Company
                    guarantees, however, that a Contract will be credited with
                    interest at a rate of not less than 3% per year, compounded
                    annually, on amounts allocated to any Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account, regardless of any application of the Market
                    Value Adjustment (that is, the Market Value Adjustment will
                    not reduce the amount available for surrender, withdrawal or
                    transfer to an amount less than the initial amount allocated
                    or transferred to the Fixed Account Sub-Account plus
                    interest of 3% per year). The Company reserves the right to
                    defer the payment or transfer of amounts withdrawn from the
                    Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six (6) months from
                    the date a proper request for surrender, withdrawal or
                    transfer is received by the Company.
    

   
                    FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
                    Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
                    to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
                    which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
                    Period.
    

   
                    GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
                    Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
                    Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
                    with a duration of one, three, five, seven or ten years.
                    Every Premium Payment allocated to a Fixed Account
                    Sub-Account starts a new Sub-Account with its own duration
                    and Guaranteed Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed
                    Period will affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the
                    Sub-Account. Initial Premium Payments and subsequent Premium
                    Payments, or portions thereof, and transferred amounts
                    allocated to a Fixed Account Sub-Account, less any amounts
                    subsequently withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed
                    Interest Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
                    Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
                    begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
                    case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
                    and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
                    the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
                    which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
                    "Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
                    allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
                    Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
                    referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
                    will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
                    annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
                    portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
                    "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" below,
                    which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
                    allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
                    different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
                    Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
                    determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
                    "Market Value Adjustment").
    

   
                    The Company will notify the Owner in writing at least 60
                    days prior to the Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period
                    Amount. A new Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same
                    duration as the previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will
                    commence automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed
                    Period unless the Company receives, following such
                    notification but prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period,
                    a
    

                                                                              29
<PAGE>
   
                    written election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed
                    Period Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to
                    a Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being
                    offered by the Company at such time. Transfers of any
                    Guaranteed Period Amount which become effective upon the
                    expiration of the applicable Guaranteed Period are not
                    subject to the twelve (or three) transfers per Contract Year
                    limitations or the additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer
                    restrictions (see "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-
                    Accounts").
    

   
                    GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
                    establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
                    the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
                    Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
                    Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
                    rates on investments available to the Company and other
                    factors as described below, but once established, rates will
                    be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
                    Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
                    withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
                    applicable withdrawal charges, Annuity Account Fees, Market
                    Value Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts
                    transferred out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the
                    end of the Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market
                    Value Adjustment.
    

   
                    The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
                    year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
                    the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
                    formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
                    declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
                    be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
                    debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
                    amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
                    Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
                    consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
                    Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
                    tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
                    expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
                    competitive factors. THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A
                    RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK
                    THAT DECLARED RATES WILL NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY
                    HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT
                    RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER YEAR.
    

   
                    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
    

   
                    Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
                    Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
                    to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
                    Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
                    Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
                    amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
                    any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
                    any applicable surrender charge.
    

   
                    The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
                    Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
                    published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
                    Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
                    the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
                    also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
                    Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
                    of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
                    of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
                    transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
                    surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
                    time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
                    the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
                    surrender or transfer.
    

30
<PAGE>
   
                    The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
    

   
                                               (1+A)N
                                               (1+B)N
    

   
                    where:
    

   
                    A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
                    Period.
    

   
                    B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
                    Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
                    time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
                    Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
                    plus a 0.25% adjustment. If Index Rates "A" and "B" are
                    within .25% of each other when the index rate factor is
                    determined, no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be
                    made, unless otherwise required by state law. This
                    adjustment builds into the formula a factor representing
                    direct and indirect costs to the Company associated with
                    liquidating general account assets in order to satisfy
                    surrender requests. This adjustment of 0.25% has been added
                    to the denominator of the formula because it is anticipated
                    that a substantial portion of applicable general account
                    portfolio assets will be in relatively illiquid securities.
                    Thus, in addition to direct transaction costs, if such
                    securities must be sold (E.G., because of surrenders), the
                    market price may be lower. Accordingly, even if interest
                    rates decline, there will not be a positive adjustment until
                    this factor is overcome, and then any adjustment will be
                    lower than otherwise, to compensate for this factor.
                    Similarly, if interest rates rise, any negative adjustment
                    will be greater than otherwise, to compensate for this
                    factor. If interest rates stay the same, this factor will
                    result in a small but negative Market Value Adjustment.
    

   
                    N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
                    (E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
                    years)
    

   
                    See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
                    the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
    

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

                    CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
                    Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, CT 06152, acts as the
                    principal underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts
                    as well as of variable life insurance policies and other
                    variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a
                    registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act
                    of 1934, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
                    Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
                    basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
                    the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
                    are licensed to sell the Contracts.

PERFORMANCE DATA

                    MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

                    From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
                    advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
                    figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
                    intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
                    Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
                    Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
                    a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
                    advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
                    the amount of income generated by the investment during that
                    week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
                    period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
                    Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective
                    yield" is calculated similarly but, when annualized,

                                                                              31
<PAGE>
                    the income earned by Annuity Account Values in the Money
                    Market Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The
                    "effective yield" will be slightly higher than the "yield"
                    because of the compounding effect of this assumed
                    reinvestment. The computation of the yield calculation
                    includes a deduction for the Mortality and Expense Risk
                    Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity
                    Account Fee.

                    OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS

                    From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
                    may publish their current yields and total returns in
                    advertisements and communications to Owners. The current
                    yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
                    calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
                    interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
                    recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
                    at the end of such period. Total return information will
                    include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
                    of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
                    the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
                    operations, based upon the value of the Accumulation Units
                    acquired through a hypothetical $1,000 investment at the
                    Accumulation Unit value at the beginning of the specified
                    period and upon the value of the Accumulation Unit at the
                    end of such period, assuming reinvestment of all
                    distributions and the deduction of the Mortality and Expense
                    Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge and the
                    Annuity Account Fee. Each Variable Account Sub-Account may
                    also advertise aggregate and average total return
                    information over different periods of time.

                    In each case, the yield and total return figures will
                    reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
                    Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
                    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
                    Expense Charge and the Annuity Account Fee for the
                    applicable time period. Owners should note that the
                    investment results of each Sub-Account will fluctuate over
                    time, and any presentation of a Variable Account
                    Sub-Account's current yield or total return for any prior
                    period should not be considered as a representation of what
                    an investment may earn or what a Owner's yield or total
                    return may be in any future period. See "Historical
                    Performance Data" in the Statement of Additional
                    Information.

                    PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING

                    The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
                    Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
                    sales literature to the performance of other variable
                    annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
                    particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
                    funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
                    similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
                    Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
                    Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
                    Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
                    Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
                    services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
                    variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
                    investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.

                    Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
                    variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
                    rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
                    ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
                    variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
                    by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
                    on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
                    distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
                    fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
                    level into consideration. In addition,
                    VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
                    which consider the effects of market risk on total return
                    performance. This type of ranking may address the question
                    as to

32
<PAGE>
                    which funds provide the highest total return with the least
                    amount of risk. Morningstar assigns ratings of zero to five
                    stars to the mutual funds taking into account primarily
                    historical performance and risk factors.

TAX STATUS

                    NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
                    UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
                    TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
                    PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
                    OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
                    THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
                    GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
                    COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
                    "ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.

                    GENERAL

                    Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
                    general. An Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of
                    a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the form of
                    a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
                    Settlement Option elected. For a lump sum payment received
                    as a total surrender (total redemption), the recipient is
                    taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the cost
                    basis of the Contract. For Non-Qualified Contracts, this
                    cost basis is generally the Premium Payments, while for
                    Qualified Contracts there may be no cost basis. The taxable
                    portion of the lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income
                    tax rates.

                    For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
                    formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
                    the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
                    for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
                    at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
                    Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the
                    meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Owners, Annuitants and
                    Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek competent
                    financial advice about the tax consequences of any
                    distributions.

                    The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
                    Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
                    the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
                    Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
                    Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
                    separately as a "regulated investment company" under
                    Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
                    incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
                    investment income and net capital gains arising from the
                    activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
                    reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
                    is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
                    Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
                    years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
                    incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
                    or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
                    amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.

                    DIVERSIFICATION

                    Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
                    standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
                    contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
                    contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
                    period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
                    are not adequately diversified in accordance with
                    regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
                    Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
                    Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
                    of federal income tax to the Owner with respect to earnings
                    allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of payments
                    under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
                    provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
                    Contracts meet the

                                                                              33
<PAGE>
                    diversification requirements if, as of the end of each
                    quarter, the underlying assets meet the diversification
                    standards for a regulated investment company and no more
                    than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total assets consist of
                    cash, cash items, U.S. government securities and securities
                    of other regulated investment companies.

                    Treasury Department regulations (Treas. Reg. 1.817-5)
                    established diversification requirements for the investment
                    portfolios underlying variable contracts such as the
                    Contracts. The regulations amplify the diversification
                    requirements for variable contracts set forth in the Code
                    and provide an alternative to the safe harbor provision
                    described above. Under the regulations, an investment
                    portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified if: (1) no
                    more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the
                    portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no more
                    than 70% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
                    is represented by any two investments; (3) no more than 80%
                    of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is
                    represented by any three investments; and (4) no more than
                    90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is
                    represented by any four investments.

                    The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
                    or not the diversification standards imposed on the
                    underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
                    the Code have been met, "each United States government
                    agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
                    issuer."

                    The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
                    all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
                    manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.

                    The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
                    forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
                    be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if the
                    owner of the contract has excessive control over the
                    investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
                    transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
                    restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
                    the Company to impose limitations on a Owner's right to
                    control the investment. It is not known whether any such
                    guidelines would have a retroactive effect.

                    DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

                    Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
                    treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
                    purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
                    any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
                    time the entire interest in the Contract has been
                    distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
                    Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
                    the Contract will be distributed within five years after
                    such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
                    as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
                    to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
                    which is distributed over the life of such "designated
                    beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
                    expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
                    distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
                    The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
                    designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
                    ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
                    be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
                    beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
                    Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
                    new Owner.

                    The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
                    comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
                    although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
                    yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
                    provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
                    that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
                    clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
                    apply to a Qualified Contract.

34
<PAGE>
                    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

                    The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
                    Contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
                    same Owner by one company or its affiliates are treated as
                    one annuity Contract for purposes of determining the tax
                    consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may result
                    in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid taxation
                    of the distributed amounts from such combination of
                    Contracts. Owners should consult a tax adviser prior to
                    purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity Contract in
                    any single calendar year.

                    TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS

                    An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
                    event. Owners should therefore consult competent tax
                    advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.

                    WITHHOLDING

                    Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
                    of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
                    elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
                    notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
                    apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
                    abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
                    from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
                    enacted legislation requiring withholding.

                    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES

                    Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
                    shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
                    for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
                    August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
                    the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
                    received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
                    continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
                    contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
                    procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
                    Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
                    Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.

                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

                    Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
                    distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
                    the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
                    Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
                    coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
                    income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
                    Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
                    further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
                    to the income portion of any premature distribution.
                    However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
                    after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
                    the Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, the
                    Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally disabled (for this
                    purpose disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the
                    Code); (d) in a series of substantially equal periodic
                    payments made not less frequently than annually for the life
                    (or life expectancy) of the Payee or for the joint lives (or
                    joint life expectancies) of the Payee and his/her
                    beneficiary; (e) under an immediate annuity; or (f) which
                    are allocable to Premium Payments made prior to August 14,
                    1982.

                    The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
                    Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
                    penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
                    Contracts (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
                    Contracts").

                                                                              35
<PAGE>
                    QUALIFIED PLANS

                    The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
                    suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
                    Because of the minimum purchase payment requirements, these
                    Contracts may not be appropriate for some periodic payment
                    retirement plans. Taxation of participants in each Qualified
                    Plan varies with the type of plan and terms and conditions
                    of each specific plan. Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries
                    are cautioned that benefits under a Qualified Plan may be
                    subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless
                    of the terms and conditions of the Contracts issued pursuant
                    to the plan. Although the Company provides administration
                    for the Contract, it does not provide administrative support
                    for Qualified Plans. Following are general descriptions of
                    the types of Qualified Plans with which the Contracts may be
                    used. Such descriptions are not exhaustive and are for
                    general informational purposes only. The tax rules regarding
                    Qualified Plans are very complex and will have differing
                    applications, depending on individual facts and
                    circumstances. Each purchaser should obtain competent tax
                    advice prior to purchasing a Contract issued in connection
                    with a Qualified Plan.

                    Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
                    types of contributions and distributions (including special
                    rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
                    consequences may result from contributions in excess of
                    specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
                    to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to
                    specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
                    distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
                    certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
                    attempt to provide more than general information about use
                    of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
                    Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
                    Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
                    rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
                    may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
                    themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
                    Contract issued in connection therewith.

                    SECTION 403(b) PLANS

                    Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
                    school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
                    purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
                    from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
                    limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
                    (Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
                    the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
                    generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
                    contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
                    1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
                    earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
                    held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
                    1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
                    upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
                    age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
                    financial hardship, except that income attributable to
                    elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
                    hardship.

                    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES

                    Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
                    employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
                    known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
                    Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
                    the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
                    time when distributions may commence. In addition,
                    distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
                    may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
                    tax-deferred basis.

36
<PAGE>
                    CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS

                    Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
                    employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
                    employees and self-employed individuals to establish
                    qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
                    retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
                    provide benefits under the plans.

                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

                    Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
                    qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
                    certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
                    for state governments, local governments, political
                    sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
                    affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
                    which enjoy special treatment. The Contracts can be used
                    with such plans. Under such plans a participant may specify
                    the form of investment in which his or her participation
                    will be made. All such investments, however, are owned by,
                    and are subject to, the claims of the general creditors of
                    the sponsoring employer.

                    The above description of federal income tax consequences
                    pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
                    may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
                    is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
                    provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
                    often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full
                    compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
                    subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
                    consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
                    purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
                    should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
                    with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
                    investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.

                    TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
                    QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

                    Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
                    taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
                    retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
                    under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
                    amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
                    been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
                    Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
                    penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
                    if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
                    Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
                    death of the Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
                    disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
                    defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
                    separation from service, distributions that are part of
                    substantially equal periodic payments made not less
                    frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
                    of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
                    of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
                    distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
                    after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
                    such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
                    deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
                    paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
                    distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
                    qualified domestic relations order.

                    The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
                    apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
                    Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
                    31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the
                    period ended December 31, 1995 are included in the Statement
                    of Additional Information, as are audited financial
                    statements for the Variable Account, which commenced
                    operations April 10, 1995.
    

                                                                              37
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

                    There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
                    Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
                    for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
                    relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Statement of Additional Information is available (at no cost) which contains
more details concerning some subjects discussed in this Prospectus. The
following is the Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................           3
  The Contracts.................................           3
  Loans.........................................           3
  Non-Participating Contracts...................           3
  Misstatement of Age...........................           3
  Variable Accumulation Unit Value and
   Variable Accumulation Value..................           3
  Net Investment Factor.........................           4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES..................           4
  Variable Account Unit Value Calculations......           4
  Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
   Tables.......................................           5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY.................           6

<CAPTION>
               TABLE OF CONTENTS                     PAGE
<S>                                               <C>
ADMINISTRATION..................................           7
PERIODIC REPORTS................................           7
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS...................           7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS...............................           7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA.....................           8
  Money Market Sub-Account Yield................           8
  Other Sub-Account Yields......................           8
  Total Returns.................................           9
  Other Performance Data........................          10
LEGAL MATTERS...................................          10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................          10
EXPERTS.........................................          10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................          10
</TABLE>

38
<PAGE>
   
APPENDIX 1
    

   
                        COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
    
- ------------------------------------------------------------
   
                               SIMPLIFIED EXAMPLE
    

   
Contract Owner:     Mrs. Smith, female, age 57
    
   
Death Benefit Choice: D (annual step-up)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    GUARANTEED
DATE                    ACCOUNT VALUE*              DEATH BENEFIT    AMOUNT AT RISK
<S>                     <C>                         <C>              <C>                              <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 1           $30,000                            $30,000   $0.00
(New contract --
date policy is in
force)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 2           $40,000                            $40,000   $0.00
(First contract                                      (Death benefit
anniversary                                             steps up.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 15, Yr. 2          $30,000                            $40,000   Guar. Death Bene. equals:            $40,000
(Last day of month.     (Market correction has                       Account Value equals:               -$30,000
Account is assessed     occurred. Account value                      AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS:               $10,000
for death benefit       has fallen below                             (Client WILL be charged for
charges.)               guaranteed death benefit.)                   death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 15, Yr. 2          $40,000                            $40,000   Guar. Death Bene. equals:            $40,000
(One month later.)      (Market recovers. Account                    Account Value equals:               -$40,000
                        value has increased.)                        AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS:                 $0.00
                                                                     (Client will NOT be charged for
                                                                     death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    

   
In  the case shown above, the Amount at Risk on June 15, calendar month Yr. 2 or
policy month would be $10,000. Now refer  to the chart below, also found in  the
ACCRU  Variable Annuity  prospectus on page  23. A  60 year old  female will pay
$8.34 per thousand  of Amount at  Risk. 10 X  8.34 = $83.40.  That amount is  an
annual charge. It is divided by 12 to determine the monthly charge of $6.95.
    

   
In  the example above,  no Amount at Risk  exists on July 15,  Yr. 2. The client
will NOT be charged for death benefit  that month. However a market recovery  in
June will not affect a death benefit charge already accrued for May. That charge
is  fixed and  will appear on  the client's annual  statement at the  end of the
year.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT(S)
                                                       ACTUAL RATE PER $1,000
                                                         OF AMOUNT AT RISK
                                                 ----------------------------------
ATTAINED AGE                                        MALE       FEMALE      UNISEX
- -----------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Less than 40...................................  $     2.40  $     1.99  $     2.20
40-45..........................................        3.02        2.54        2.78
46-50..........................................        4.92        4.02        4.47
51-55..........................................        7.30        5.70        6.50
56-60..........................................       11.46        8.34        9.90
61-65..........................................       17.54       11.55       14.55
66-70..........................................       27.85       18.19       23.02
71-75..........................................       43.30       27.57       35.44
76-80..........................................       70.53       47.33       58.93
81-85..........................................      117.25       87.04      102.15
86-90..........................................      179.55      147.37      163.46
</TABLE>
    

   
*After $35 account fee is applied.
    

                                                                              39
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)
<PAGE>
                           PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION
<PAGE>
ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS*

   
    *   All   exhibits,  except   exhibits  (b)(4),  (b)(5)   and  (b)(10),  are
        incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Form
        N-4 Registration Statement under  the Securities Act  of 1933 (File  No.
        33-83020) filed June 21, 1995.
    

                    (a) Financial Statements

   
     (1) Registrant (to be filed by amendment)
    

   
     (2) Depositor (to be filed by amendment)
    

   
       (A) Statements  of  Income  and  Retained Earnings  for  the  Years Ended
           December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993.
    

   
       (B) Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.
    

   
       (C) Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,  1994
           and 1993.
    

                    (b) Exhibits

     (1) Resolution   of  Board   of  Directors   Authorizing  Establishment  of
         Registrant*

     (2) Not Applicable

     (3) Form of  Selling Agreement  among  Connecticut General  Life  Insurance
         Company,  CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc.  as principal underwriter, and
         selling dealers.*

   
    (4a) Form of  Connecticut General  Life Insurance  Company Variable  Annuity
         Contract  Form Number AN  421A, together with  Form of Certificate Form
         Number AN 422A Optional Methods  of Settlement Riders (Form Numbers  AR
         421X, AR 421X-U, AR 422 and AR 422).*
    

   
     (5) Forms  of Application Which May Be Used in Connection with the Contract
         and Certificate Shown As Exhibits (4)  and (4a) (Form Numbers B  10279,
         10280 and 10281)*
    

     (6) (A)  Certificate of Incorporation (Charter) of Connecticut General Life
         Insurance Company, as amended*

        (B)  By-Laws of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company*

     (7) Not Applicable

     (8) Not Applicable

     (9) Opinion  of  Robert A.  Picarello, Esq.,  Chief Counsel  of Connecticut
         General Life Insurance Company*

   
    (10) (A)  Consent of Independent Accountants (to be filed by amendment)
    

        (B)  Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 9)

    (11) Not Applicable

    (12) Not Applicable

   
    (13) To be filed by amendment.
    

    (14) Not Applicable

    *   Previously Filed.

1
<PAGE>
ITEM 25.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

    The principal business  address of  each of  the directors  and officers  of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company") is the company's Home
Office, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF DEPOSITOR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                     POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH DEPOSITOR
- -----------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
Thomas C. Jones          President (Principal Executive Officer)
James T. Kohan           Vice President and Actuary (Principal Financial Officer)
Robert Moose             Vice President (Principal Accounting Officer)
David C. Kopp            Corporate Secretary
Harold W. Albert         Director
S. Tyrone Alexander      Director
Martin A. Brennan        Director
Robert W. Burgess        Director
John G. Day              Director
Lawrence P. English      Director
Joseph M. Fitzgerald     Director
Patricia L. Rowland      Director
Arthur C. Reeds, III     Director
W. Allen Schaffer, MD    Director
John Wilkinson           Director
</TABLE>

ITEM 26.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
          REGISTRANT

    Incorporated  by reference to  Item 26 of Post-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to
the Form N-4 Registration Statement of  CG Variable Annuity Separate Account  II
(File  No. 33-83020) filed April 28, 1995 is a chart of persons controlled by or
under common control with the  Depositor. The consolidated financial  statements
of  the Depositor  include the  accounts of  the Depositor  and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries.

2
<PAGE>
   
ITEM 27.  NUMBER OF PURCHASERS
    

   
    To be added by amendment.
    

ITEM 28.  INDEMNIFICATION

    The answer  to this  Item 28  is incorporated  by reference  to Item  28  of
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Form N-4 Registration Statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 (File No. 33-83020), filed June 21, 1995.

ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

    The Registrant's principal underwriter is CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc.
("CFA"). CFA also acts as principal underwriter of Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company's CG Variable Annuity Separate Account, a registered unit
investment trust issuing variable annuity contracts, CG Variable Life Insurance
Separate Account I, a registered unit investment trust issuing variable life
insurance policies, CIGNA Life Insurance Company's CIGNA Variable Annuity
Separate Account I, a registered unit investment trust issuing variable annuity
contracts, and a separate account of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
issuing variable life insurance contracts not required to be registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. CFA's address is 900 Cottage Grove Road,
Hartford, Connecticut 06152.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER
- --------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>
Edward M. Berube      President and Director
Karen Goldman         Director
John Wilkinson        Director
Roy H. Bubbs          Vice President
Robert F. Clark       Vice President
Karen R. Matheson     Vice President
Allan P. Wick         Vice President and Treasurer
Robert A. Picarello   Chief Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Robert B. Pinkham     Assistant Vice President
David C. Kopp         Secretary
David A. Carlson      Assistant Secretary
Howard R. Loos        Assistant Secretary
Tina L. O'Connor      Assistant Secretary
Pamela S. Williams    Assistant Secretary
Charlotte J. Cardone  Assistant Treasurer
Gail B. Marcus        Assistant Treasurer
</TABLE>
    

ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

    The  records required  to be maintained  by Section 31(a)  of the Investment
Company Act  of  1940  and  Rules 31a-1  to  31a-3  promulgated  thereunder  are
maintained  by Connecticut General Life Insurance  Company at its Home Office at
900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, CT 06152.

ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

    All management policies are discussed in Part A or Part B.

ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

    (a) Registrant undertakes that  it will file a  post effective amendment  to
this  registration statement under  the Securities Act of  1933 as frequently as
necessary to ensure that  the audited financial  statements in the  registration
statement  are never  more than 16  months old  for so long  as Premium Payments
under the Contracts may be accepted.

                                                                               3
<PAGE>
                    (b) Registrant undertakes that it will include either (i)  a
                    postcard  or  similar  written communication  affixed  to or
                    included in the Prospectus that the applicant can remove  to
                    send  for a  Statement of  Additional Information  or (ii) a
                    space in  the Contract  application  that an  applicant  can
                    check to request a Statement of Additional Information.

                    (c)  Registrant undertakes to deliver promptly, upon written
                    or oral request made  to Connecticut General Life  Insurance
                    Company  at  the  address  or  phone  number  listed  in the
                    Prospectus, any Statement of Additional Information and  any
                    financial  statements  required  by  Form  N-4  to  be  made
                    available to applicants or owners.

SECTION 403(b) REPRESENTATION

    Registrant represents  that  it  is  relying on  a  no-action  letter  dated
November 28, 1988, to the American Council of Life Insurance (Ref. No. IP-6-88),
regarding  Sections 22(e), 27(c)(1)  and 27(d) of the  Investment Company Act of
1940, in connection with redeemability restrictions on Section 403(b) Contracts,
and that paragraphs  numbered (1) through  (4) of that  letter will be  complied
with.

4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

   
    As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to its
Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Bloomfield and State of
Connecticut on the 16th day of February, 1996.
    

                                          CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
                                          II
                                          (Name of Registrant)

                                          By:         /s/ THOMAS C. JONES

                                             -----------------------------------
                                                       Thomas C. Jones
                                                          PRESIDENT
                                             CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                                         COMPANY

                                          CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                          COMPANY
                                          (Name of Depositor)

                                          By:      /s/ THOMAS C. JONES    (Seal)
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                       Thomas C. Jones
                                                          PRESIDENT

   
    As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No.
4 to this Registration Statement (File No. 33-83020) has been signed below on
February 16, 1996 by the following persons, as officers and directors of the
Depositor, in the capacities indicated.
    

             SIGNATURE                              TITLE
- -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------

        /S/ THOMAS C. JONES
- -----------------------------------  President (Principal Executive
          Thomas C. Jones             Officer)

        /S/ JAMES T. KOHAN*
- -----------------------------------  Vice President and Actuary
          James T. Kohan              (Principal Financial Officer)

         /S/ ROBERT MOOSE*
- -----------------------------------  Vice President
           Robert Moose               (Principal Accounting Officer)

       /S/ HAROLD W. ALBERT*
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Harold W. Albert

      /S/ MARTIN A. BRENNAN*
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Martin A. Brennan

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>                                  <S>
      /S/ ROBERT W. BURGESS*
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Robert W. Burgess

         /S/ JOHN G. DAY*
- -----------------------------------  Director
            John G. Day

     /S/ LAWRENCE P. ENGLISH*
- -----------------------------------  Director
        Lawrence P. English

     /S/ JOSEPH M. FITZGERALD*
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Joseph M. Fitzgerald

     /S/ ARTHUR C. REEDS, III*
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Arthur C. Reeds, III

     /S/ PATRICIA L. ROWLAND*
- -----------------------------------  Director
        Patricia L. Rowland

    /S/ W. ALLEN SCHAFFER, MD*
- -----------------------------------  Director
       W. Allen Schaffer, MD

     *By         /s/ ROBERT A.
             PICARELLO
- ----------------------------------
        Robert A. Picarello
         ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

                     (A Majority of the Directors)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
   
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY*
    

    We,  the  undersigned directors  and  officers of  Connecticut  General Life
Insurance Company, hereby  severally constitute  and appoint David  C. Kopp  and
Robert  A.  Picarello,  and  each  of them  individually,  our  true  and lawful
attorneys-in-fact, with full power to them and  each of them to sign for us,  in
our  names and  in the  capacities indicated  below, any  and all  amendments to
Registration Statement  No.  33-83020 filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, hereby ratifying and confirming our
signatures  as they may be signed by either of our attorneys-in-fact to any such
Registration Statement.

    WITNESS our hands and common seal on this 31st day of May, 1995.

   
             SIGNATURE                              TITLE
- -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------

        /S/ THOMAS C. JONES
- -----------------------------------  President (Principal Executive
          Thomas C. Jones             Officer)

        /S/ JAMES T. KOHAN
- -----------------------------------  Vice President and Actuary
          James T. Kohan              (Principal Financial Officer)

         /S/ ROBERT MOOSE
- -----------------------------------  Vice President
           Robert Moose               (Principal Accounting Officer)

       /S/ HAROLD W. ALBERT
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Harold W. Albert

      /S/ S. TYRONE ALEXANDER
- -----------------------------------  Director
        S. Tyrone Alexander

       /S/ MARTIN A. BRENNAN
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Martin A. Brennan

       /S/ ROBERT W. BURGESS
- -----------------------------------  Director
         Robert W. Burgess

          /S/ JOHN G. DAY
- -----------------------------------  Director
            John G. Day

        /S/ R. CHRIS DOERR
- -----------------------------------  Director
          R. Chris Doerr

* Previously filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to this
  registration statement and incorporated by reference thereto.
    
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>                                  <S>
      /S/ LAWRENCE P. ENGLISH
- -----------------------------------  Director
        Lawrence P. English

     /S/ JOSEPH M. FITZGERALD
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Joseph M. Fitzgerald

     /S/ ARTHUR C. REEDS, III
- -----------------------------------  Director
       Arthur C. Reeds, III

     /S/ W. ALLEN SCHAFFER, MD
- -----------------------------------  Director
       W. Allen Schaffer, MD

      /S/ PATRICIA L. ROWLAND
- -----------------------------------  Director
        Patricia L. Rowland
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                   Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
     A Stock Company          Home Office Location:    900 Cottage Grove Road
                                                       Bloomfield, Connecticut

          MAILING ADDRESS:    CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
                              VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER - ROUTING S249
                              HARTFORD, CT  06152-2249


The Company agrees with the Contract Owner to provide the benefits in this
contract.

RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT.  The contract may be returned to the insurance agent
through whom it was purchased or to the Company via the Variable Products
Service Center within 10 days after its receipt (20 days after its receipt where
required by law for a contract issued in replacement of another contract).  If
the contract is so returned, it will be deemed void from the Date of Issue, and
the Company will refund the Premium Payment(s) as provided plus or minus any
investment gains or losses under the contract as of the date the returned
contract is mailed or delivered to the agent through whom it was purchased or
the date it is delivered or mailed to the Company, unless required otherwise by
law.

The contract is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of issue and is issued
and accepted subject to the terms set forth on this page and on the following
pages which are made a part of the contract.  In consideration of the
application for it, this contract is executed by Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company as of its Date of Issue.




               Registrar                     /s/ Thomas C. Jones
                                                  PRESIDENT



PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT FORMULA, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD
ADJUSTMENTS IN AMOUNTS PAYABLE, INCLUDING WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS.  PAYMENTS
MADE FROM THE FIXED ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO AN ELECTION WHICH BECOMES EFFECTIVE AT
THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD AND PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "ANNUITY BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS AND UNDER THE "PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION" PROVISION ARE NOT SUBJECT
TO THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "DEATH BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.

ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT
EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO
DOLLAR AMOUNT.

USE OF CONTRACT.  This contract is available for retirement and deferred
compensation plans some of which may qualify for special tax treatment under
various sections of the Internal Revenue Code.


            FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
              WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING

       THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CONTRACT OWNER AND THE COMPANY
                          READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY.




<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     Premium Payments
     Allocation of Premium Payments
     Annuity Account Continuation
     Minimum Value Requirements

OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     Certificate Owner
     Rights of Certificate Owner
     Transfer of Certificate Ownership
     Assignment
     Beneficiary
     Change of Beneficiary

FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     Fixed Account and Sub-Accounts
     Variable Account and Sub-Accounts
     Investment Risk
     Investments of the Variable Account Sub-Accounts
     Substituted Securities

VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Part A - Fixed Account Value
              Guaranteed Periods
              Guaranteed Interest Rates
              Fixed Accumulation Value
              Minimum Surrender Value
     Part B - Variable Account Value
              Crediting Variable Accumulation Units
              Variable Accumulation Unit Value
              Variable Accumulation Value
              Net Investment Factor
     Part C - General
              Annuity Account
              Transfer Privilege
              Annuity Account Fee

CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Cash Withdrawals
     Withdrawal Charges
     Market Value Adjustment


                                                                               2

<PAGE>

                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS . . . . 18
   Penalty-Free Partial Withdrawals or Transfers
   Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period
   Waiver of Withdrawal Charge and/or Market Value Adjustment on
        Death or Annuity Date
   Penalty-Free Annuitization

BENEFIT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
   Annuity Benefit
   Annuity Date
   Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Annuity Benefit
   Determination of Amount
   Income Payment Benefits
   Death Benefit
   Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Death Benefit
   Payment of Death Benefit
   Amount of Death Benefit
   Section 72(s)

GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
   The Contract
   Individual Certificates
   Modification of Contract or Certificate
   Non-Participation
   Loans
   Determination of Values
   Endorsement of Income Payments
   Misstatement of Age
   Claims of Creditors
   Periodic Reports

Followed by Optional Methods of Settlement and any Riders

Note:  Pages 4, 6, and 8 are intentionally "blank."


                                                                               3

<PAGE>

                             CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS

    ANNUITANT  PER EACH CERTIFICATE    SPECIMEN  CONTRACT NUMBER

                                 AUGUST 1, 1995  DATE OF ISSUE



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FORM             BENEFIT


AN421  FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY
       WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS


       INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT ALLOCATION:  PER EACH CERTIFICATE

       FIXED ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS
          PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX RATE "B":  .25%

          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD      1 YEAR
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD      3 YEARS
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD      5 YEARS
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD      7 YEARS
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD     10 YEARS


       VARIABLE ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS (FUNDS)

         FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
           VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
             EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO
             MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
           VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II
             ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO
             INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO


       FRED ALGER MANAGEMENT, INC.
         ALGER AMERICAN FUND
           ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO
           ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO
           ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
           ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO


       MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES
         VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
           MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES
           MFS UTILITIES SERIES
           MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES

(Continued on Page 5.1)

                                                                               5

<PAGE>

                       CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

    ANNUITANT  PER EACH CERTIFICATE    SPECIMEN  CONTRACT NUMBER

                                 AUGUST 1, 1995  DATE OF ISSUE



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       NEUBERGER & BERMAN
         NEUBERGER & BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST
           AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO
           AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO
           AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO

       QUEST FOR VALUE
         QUEST FOR VALUE ACCUMULATION TRUST
           QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
           QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO
           QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO






LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS FROM FIXED ACCOUNT:  ONLY ONE SUCH TRANSFER ALLOWED PER
CERTIFICATE YEAR FROM EACH SUB-ACCOUNT, AND THE AMOUNT(S) TRANSFERRED MAY NOT
EXCEED 15% OF PREMIUM PAYMENT(S) MADE TO THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S) OR THE
PORTION REMAINING THEREOF IN THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S), IF LESS.

THIS CONTRACT IS FOR USE WITH "CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II":  A
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE INVESTMENT ACCOUNT WHICH WAS
ESTABLISHED ON JANUARY 25, 1994.



CONTRACT OWNER:  CIGNA VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST (DATED 06/07/95)

CERTIFICATE OWNER:  PER EACH CERTIFICATE

BENEFICIARY:  PER EACH CERTIFICATE

JURISDICTION OF ISSUE:  RHODE ISLAND






                                                                             5.1


<PAGE>

                     SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES

Annuity Account Fee:  Under each certificate the Annuity Account Fee is $30 per
Certificate Year and will be deducted on the last Valuation Date of each
Certificate Year.  The Annuity Account Fee, however, will be waived for any year
for which the Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last
Valuation Date of such Certificate Year.

Withdrawal Charges:  The Withdrawal charges applicable under each certificate
are as follows:

 Withdrawal Charge
Against Premium Pay-                      Year
  ment Withdrawn                        Applicable
  --------------                        ----------
       7%           During 1st year since Premium Payment Accepted
       6%           During 2nd year since Premium Payment Accepted
       5%           During 3rd year since Premium Payment Accepted
       4%           During 4th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       3%           During 5th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       2%           During 6th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       1%           During 7th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       0%           Thereafter


Each Subsequent Premium Payment will be subject to its own 7-year period.

Any Withdrawal from the Fixed Account prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period
may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment which may increase, decrease,
or have no affect on the applicable account value(s).  A Market Value Adjustment
would not apply to a withdrawal effective at the end of a Guaranteed Period.
Withdrawal charges are not applicable to certain partial withdrawals of 15% or
less of Premium Payments annually.  Withdrawal charges and a Market Value
Adjustment are not applicable to annuitization of a certificate at any time, and
no negative Market Value Adjustment is applicable to payment of the Death
Benefit.  (See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization
Provisions.")

Asset Charges:  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is a charge equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the Variable Account.
Administrative Expense Charge is a charge equal to an effective annual rate of
 .15%  of the daily net assets of the Variable Account.  These charges are
deducted from the Variable Account Value of each certificate at the end of each
Valuation Period.

In addition, Daily Fund Operating Expenses will be applied by each Fund as set
forth in the prospectus for the applicable Fund(s).



(Continued on Page 7.1)
                                                                               7

<PAGE>

               SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES (Continued)

Taxes:  Premium tax equivalents (including any related retaliatory taxes), if
any, and any other taxes due under each certificate will be deducted if
applicable.  It is currently the Company's practice to deduct such taxes, if
any, at the time the Annuity Account Value, or any portion thereof, becomes
payable.




















                                                                             7.1

<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION PERIOD.  The period from the Certificate Date of a certificate to
(a) its Annuity Date, (b) the date on which the Death Benefit becomes payable,
or (c) the date on which the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, whichever
is earliest.

ANNUITANT.  The person on whose life the first Income Payment is to be made upon
the annuitization of a certificate.  The Annuitant is the person designated in
the Certificate Specifications and will remain the Annuitant under the
certificate unless the Certificate Owner exercises the right to change the
Annuitant as set forth in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision. If prior
to the Annuity Date, the Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, the
Certificate Owner will then become the Annuitant until such time as the
Certificate Owner exercises the right to designate a new Annuitant as set forth
in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision.  A request for change of
Annuitant must be in writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address and will not take effect until recorded by the Company.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT.  The account which is comprised of the Fixed and Variable
Accounts with respect to a certificate.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE.  The account value which at any time equals the sum of
all the then current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to a
certificate.  Applicable premium taxes, if any, will be deducted when the
Annuity Account Value amount to be applied under the Annuity Benefit, Death
Benefit, Cash Withdrawals or Penalty-Free Withdrawal and Annuitization
provisions is determined.

ANNUITY DATE.  The date on which Income Payments begin upon the annuitization of
a certificate.

CERTIFICATE DATE.  The date a certificate takes effect.

CERTIFICATE OWNER (OR "OWNER").  The Certificate Owner is defined under
"Ownership, Assignment and Beneficiary Provisions."  The term "Owner," by
itself, shall mean Certificate Owner.

CERTIFICATE YEARS AND CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARIES.  All Certificate Years and
Certificate Anniversaries are 12 month periods measured from a Certificate Date.

CONTRACT OWNER.  The person or entity designated in the Contract Specifications.

DATE OF ISSUE.  The date on which this contract becomes effective.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH.  An original certified copy  of an official death
certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof of death
satisfactory to the Company.

EXPIRATION DATE(S).  The date(s) on which Guaranteed Period(s), if any, end.

FIXED ACCOUNT.  The term "Fixed Account" under each certificate means all Sub-
Account(s) associated with Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s).
Fixed Account assets are general assets of the Company and are distinguishable
from those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FUND(S).  The Portfolio(s) of Fund Group(s) whose shares are acquired for the
Variable Account Sub-Accounts in which Premium Payments or Transfers may be
invested.

FUND GROUP(S).  The open-end management investment companies (mutual funds)
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter
referred as the "1940 Act"), one or more of whose Portfolio(s)' shares are made
available as investment vehicles through Variable Accounts Sub-Accounts.

GUARANTEED PERIOD.  The Guaranteed Period is the period for which interest, at
either an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate will be credited to an
amount under a Fixed Account Sub-Account.


                                                                               9

<PAGE>

                             DEFINITIONS (CONTINUED)

HOME OFFICE.  The term "Home Office" means Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, the mailing address of which for this contract is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Variable Products Service Center, Routing S249, Hartford, Connecticut
06152-2249.

IN WRITING.  The term "In writing" means in a written form satisfactory to the
Company and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address.

INCOME PAYMENTS.  Income Payments are the amounts payable under a certificate as
determined by the settlement options provisions.

PAYOUT PERIOD.  The period during which Income Payments are made under a
certificate.



SUB-ACCOUNT.  That portion of the Fixed Account associated with specific
Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) and that portion of the
Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund.

VALUATION DATE.  Every day on which the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open
for business, except any day on which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on
which an emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") so that valuation or disposal of securities is not
practicable.

VALUATION PERIOD.  The period of time beginning on the day following the
Valuation Date and ending on the next Valuation Date.  A Valuation Period may be
more than one day in length.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT.  The term "Variable Account" under each certificate means all
Sub-Account(s) associated with investments in the Fund(s).  Variable Account
assets are separate account assets of the Company, the investment performance of
which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company, and are
not chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT.  A unit of measure used in the calculation of the
value of each Variable Account Sub-Account.

VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT.  A unit of measure used in the calculation of the value
of the variable portion of the Annuity Account during the Payout Period.

                           PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS

PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Premium Payments made under a certificate are payable to the
Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address or to an
authorized agent of the Company.  A receipt signed by the President or Secretary
and duly countersigned will be furnished upon request.  The Initial Premium
Payment is the amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits
provided under a certificate on its Certificate Date.  Subsequent Premium
Payments made under a certificate may be paid to the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address from time to time after its
Certificate Date and prior to the Annuity Date.  The Company will not accept any
Premium Payment which is less than the minimum amount requirement then in effect
as determined by the Company.  In addition, the prior approval of the Company is
required before it will accept a Premium Payment in excess of the maximum amount
limit then in effect as determined by the Company.  All Premium Payments made
under a certificate must meet the allocation requirements specified under the
"Allocation of Premium Payments" provision.  The payment of any amount under a
certificate which is derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payments made by
check or draft may be postponed until such check or draft has been honored by
the financial institution upon which it is drawn.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Upon receipt by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address, each Premium Payment made under a
certificate will be added to the Annuity Account established under the
certificate.  The Annuity Account is described under the "Annuity Account"
provision and is comprised of Fixed Account Sub-Account(s) and Variable Account
Sub-Account(s).  The Initial


                                                                              10

<PAGE>

                     PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Premium Payment made under a certificate will be allocated to one or more such
Sub-Accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages specified by the
Certificate Owner and shown in  the Certificate Specifications, provided such
allocations to Fixed and/or Variable Accounts conform to the Company's minimum
deposit requirements in effect as of the Certificate Date.  Subsequent Premium
Payments made under each certificate will be allocated on the same basis as the
most recent previous Premium Payment unless the Company is otherwise instructed
by the Certificate Owner to change the allocation percentages.  If a portion of
the most recent previous Premium Payment was allocated to the Fixed Account and
the allocation percentages when applied to a Subsequent Premium Payment does not
produce an amount which meets the Fixed Account minimum requirements, the
Company will promptly seek further instructions from the Certificate Owner
regarding allocation of the premium or otherwise return the applicable portion
of such Premium Payment as provided by law.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT CONTINUATION.  The Annuity Account under each certificate shall
be continued automatically in full force from the Certificate Date until the
Annuity Date or until the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, the Death
Benefit is paid, or the Annuity Account Value no longer meets the requirements
specified in the "Minimum Value Requirements" provision, whichever occurs first.

MINIMUM VALUE REQUIREMENTS.  If no Premium Payments have been made under a
certificate for three consecutive years and its Annuity Account Value decreases
to less than $500 during that period, or if any partial withdrawal decreases its
Annuity Account Value to less than $500, the Company reserves the right to
cancel the certificate and pay to the Certificate Owner an adjusted value of the
Annuity Account as would be calculated under the "Determination of Amount"
provision.  The Company will, however, provide at least 30 days advance notice
to the Certificate Owner of its intended action.  During the notification period
an additional Premium Payment may be made to meet the minimum value
requirements.

                OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS

CERTIFICATE OWNER. Under each certificate the Certificate Owner on the
Certificate Date will be the person designated in the Certificate
Specifications. If no Certificate Owner is designated, the Annuitant will be the
Certificate Owner.

RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATE OWNER. The Certificate Owner may exercise all rights and
privileges under the certificate including the right to: (a) agree with the
Company to any change in or amendment to the certificate, (b) transfer all
rights and privileges to another person, (c) change the Beneficiary, (d) change
the Annuitant any time prior to the Annuity Date or name a new Annuitant if the
Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, (e) name the payee to whom Income
Payments are to be directed, and (f) assign the certificate.

All rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner may be exercised without the
consent of any designated transferee, or any Beneficiary if the Certificate
Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary. All such rights and
privileges, however, may be exercised only with the consent of any assignee on
record with the Company.

TRANSFER OF CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP.  The Certificate Owner may transfer all
rights and privileges of the Owner. On the effective date of transfer, the
transferee will become the Certificate Owner and will have all the rights and
privileges of the Certificate Owner. The Certificate Owner may revoke any
transfer prior to its effective date.

Unless provided otherwise, a transfer will not affect the interest of any
Beneficiary designated prior to the effective date of the transfer.

A transfer of Certificate Ownership, or a revocation of transfer, must be in
writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address.  A transfer or a revocation will not take effect until recorded in
writing by the Company at its Variable Product Service Center's Mailing Address.
When a transfer or revocation has been so recorded, it will take effect as of
the effective date specified by the Certificate Owner. Any payment made or any
action taken or allowed by the Company before the transfer or there vocation is
recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.


                                                                              11


<PAGE>

          OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ASSIGNMENT. A certificate may not be assigned and the Company will not be
affected by any assignment of a certificate until the original assignment or a
certified copy of the assignment is filed at the Home Office.

The Company does not assume responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of
any assignment.  An assignment of a certificate will operate so long as the
assignment remains in force.

To the extent provided under the terms of the assignment, an assignment will
transfer the interest of any designated transferee or of any Beneficiary if the
Certificate Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY. Under each certificate, the Beneficiary is the person who has the
right to receive the Death Benefit set forth in the certificate and, for Non-
Qualified Certificates, who is the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of
Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code in the event of the Certificate
Owner's death.  The Beneficiary on the Certificate Date will be the person
designated in the Certificate Specifications.

Unless provided otherwise, the interest of any Beneficiary who dies before the
Certificate Owner will vest in the Certificate Owner or the Certificate Owner's
administrators or assigns.

CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY.  A new Beneficiary may be designated from time to time. A
request for change of Beneficiary must be in writing to the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address. The request must be signed
by the Certificate Owner. The request must also be signed by the Beneficiary if
the right to change the Beneficiary has not been reserved to the Certificate
Owner.

A change of Beneficiary will not take effect until recorded by the Company. When
a change of Beneficiary has been so recorded, whether or not the Certificate
Owner is then alive, it will take effect as of the date the request was signed.
Any payment made or any action taken or allowed by the Company before the
change of Beneficiary is recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.

Unless provided otherwise, the right to change any Beneficiary is reserved to
the Certificate Owner.


                     FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS

FIXED ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS.  Fixed Account assets are general assets of the
Company and are distinguishable from those allocated to a separate account of
the Company.  Any portion of Premium Payments allocated by a Certificate Owner
to a Fixed Account Sub-Account will become part of the Fixed Account for that
certificate.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS.  The Variable Account to which the variable
accumulation values, if any, under a certificate relate is shown in the Contract
Specifications as well as the Certificate Specifications for each certificate.
It was established pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors as a
"separate account" under governing law of Connecticut, the Company's state of
domicile, and registered as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act.  Under
Connecticut law, the Variable Account assets (except assets in excess of its
reserves and other contract liabilities) cannot be charged with the general
liabilities from any other business of the Company.  The Variable Account assets
are owned and controlled exclusively by the Company, and the Company is not a
trustee with respect to those assets.

The Variable Account is divided into Sub-Accounts.  Each Variable Account Sub-
Account's assets are invested in shares of a particular Fund of one of the Fund
Groups made available as funding vehicles under each certificate.  For each
Variable Account Sub-Account, the Company maintains Variable Accumulation Units
whose values reflect the investment performance of the Fund whose shares are
held in that Sub-Account.

Subject to any vote by persons having the right under the 1940 Act to vote
thereon, the Company may elect to operate the Variable Account as a management
company rather than a unit investment trust under the


                                                                              12

<PAGE>

               FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

1940 Act, or, if registration is no longer required, to deregister the Variable
Account.  In such event, the Company may endorse this contract and the
certificates issued under it to reflect such change and any necessary or
appropriate action taken to effect the change.  Any changes in Variable Account
investment policy shall have been approved by the Connecticut Insurance
Commissioner and be subject to the approval of the Superintendent of Insurance.

INVESTMENT  RISK.  Each Variable Account Sub-Account's assets are always fully
invested in the shares of the particular Fund purchased for that Sub-Account.
Each Variable Account Sub-Account's investment performance reflects the
investment performance of the Fund.  Fund share values fluctuate, reflecting the
risks of changing economic conditions and the ability of a Fund Group's
investment advisor or sub-adviser to manage that Fund and anticipate changes in
economic conditions.  As to the Variable Account assets, the Certificate Owner
bears the entire investment risk of gain or loss.

INVESTMENTS OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS.  All amounts allocated under a
certificate to a Variable Account Sub-Account will be used to purchase shares of
the specific Fund of a Fund Group used by that Sub-Account.  Each Fund Group is
registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company, and
each Fund of that Fund Group is regulated as an open-end management investment
company.

All Funds available as funding vehicles under each certificate as of its
Certificate Date are listed in this contract on page 5.  The Company may add
additional Fund Groups and additional Funds at any time or may change Funds or
Fund Groups in accordance with the "Substituted Securities" provision.

Any and all distributions made by a Fund will be reinvested in additional shares
of that Fund at net asset value.  Deductions by the Company from a Variable
Account Sub-Account will be made by redeeming a number of Fund shares at net
asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted.

SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. Shares corresponding to a particular Fund may not always
be available for purchase or the Company may decide that further investment in
such Fund is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable
Account, or in view of legal, regulatory or federal income tax restrictions.  In
such event, shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit
investment trust may be substituted both for Fund shares already purchased
and/or as the securities to be purchased in the future, provided that these
substitutions meet applicable Internal Revenue Service diversification
guidelines and any necessary regulatory or other approvals of such substitutions
have been obtained.  In the event of any substitution pursuant to this
provision, the Company may make appropriate endorsement(s) to this contract and
the certificates issued under it to reflect the substitution and any such
substitution shall be subject to the approval of the Superintendent of
Insurance.

                  VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS

PART A - FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE

GUARANTEED PERIODS.  The Initial Guaranteed Period(s), if any, are selected by
each Certificate Owner and are shown in the Certificate Specifications.  The
duration of the Initial Guaranteed Period(s) will affect the Initial Guaranteed
Interest Rate(s).  Any Premium Payment or the portion thereof (or amount
transferred in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision described
below) allocated under a certificate to a particular Guaranteed Period will earn
interest at the specified Guaranteed Interest Rate during the Guaranteed Period.
Initial Guaranteed Periods begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted (or,
in the case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer) and end on the
Expiration Date for each duration selected.

Any portion of the Annuity Account Value comprising a particular Fixed Account
Sub-Account (including interest earned thereon) will be referred to in a
certificate as the "Guaranteed Period Amount."  As a result of renewals,
Subsequent Payments, deductions for applicable Annuity Account Fee(s) and
transfers of portions of the Annuity Account Value, Guaranteed Period Amounts
for Guaranteed Periods of the same duration under a certificate may have
different Expiration Dates, and each Guaranteed Period Amount will be treated
separately for purposes of determining any Market Value Adjustment.


                                                                              13

<PAGE>

            VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner in writing at least
15 but not more than 45 days prior to the Expiration Date of a Guaranteed Period
with respect to a Fixed Account Sub-Account of the guaranteed period durations
available and the then currently quoted interest rates.  A subsequent Guaranteed
Period of the same duration will begin automatically at the end of the previous
Guaranteed Period unless the Company receives, in writing at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address within the 60-day period immediately
preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period, an election by the Certificate
Owner of a different Guaranteed Period from among those being offered by the
Company at such time, or instructions to transfer all or a portion of the
applicable Guaranteed Period Amount to one or more Fixed Account or Variable
Account Sub-Accounts in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES.  The Company will establish the applicable Guaranteed
Interest Rate that will be used to determine the interest with respect to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account for each Guaranteed Period at the beginning of the
Guaranteed Period.  This rate will be guaranteed for the duration of the
applicable Guaranteed Period.  The Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Interest
Rate will never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually.  Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) will also be determined at the beginning of
Guaranteed Period(s) and may be higher or lower than the previous rate, but will
never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually.  (See "Minimum Surrender
Value" provision.)  The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner
of the new Guaranteed Interest Rate as soon as possible after the beginning of
each subsequent Guaranteed Period.

FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE.  Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by the Company at
its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or that portion, if
any, of the Premium Payment which is allocated to the Fixed Account will be
credited to the Fixed Account and allocated to the Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
selected by the Certificate Owner.  The Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, at any
time, under a certificate is equal to the sum of the then current values of all
Guaranteed Period Amounts with respect to that certificate.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE.  The Minimum Surrender Value for the Fixed Account for
a given Certificate Year is the Premium Payment(s), or portion thereof, and
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account accumulated at 3% per year, compounded
annually, less the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge(s), any prior
withdrawals or transfers out of the Fixed Account, premium taxes, if any, and
applicable Annuity Account Fee(s).

PART B - VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE

CREDITING VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNITS.  Upon receipt of a Premium Payment (or a
request for transfer in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision) by
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or
that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment (or the net amount transferred) to
be allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the
Variable Account under a certificate in the form of Variable Accumulation Units.
The number of particular Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is
determined by dividing the dollar amount allocated to the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for the particular
Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which the Premium
Payment is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE.  The Variable Accumulation Unit Value for each
Variable Account Sub-Account was established at $10.00 for the first Valuation
Period of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account.  The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for any
subsequent Valuation Period is determined by methodology which is the
mathematical  equivalent of multiplying the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for
the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for such subsequent Valuation Period.  The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is the value determined as of the end of the particular Valuation Period
and may increase, decrease or remain constant from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period.


                                                                              14

<PAGE>

            VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION VALUE.  The Variable Accumulation Value of the Annuity
Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the value of
all Variable Accumulation Units of each Variable Account Sub-Account credited to
the Variable Account with respect to a certificate for such Valuation Period.
The Variable Accumulation Value of each Variable Account Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to each Variable Account Sub-Account with respect to a certificate by
the Variable Accumulation Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-
Account for such Valuation Period, less deductions for applicable expense
charges and fees.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR.  The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure
the investment performance of a Variable Account Sub-Account from one Valuation
Period to the next.  The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or
equal to 1.0; therefore, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase,
decrease or remain the same.

The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
result where:

  (a) is the net result of:

    (1) the net asset value (as described in the prospectus for the Fund) of a
    Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the
    end of the Valuation Period, plus

    (2) the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution declared by
    the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the "ex-
    dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period, plus or minus

    (3) a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes paid or reserved
    for by the Company during the Valuation Period which are determined by the
    Company to be attributable to the operation of the Variable Account Sub-
    Account;

  (b) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-
  Account determined as of the end of the preceding Valuation Period; and

  (c) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for the Valuation
  Period to reflect the charges for assuming the mortality and expense risks
  and for administrative expenses.

The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to the daily asset
charge factor multiplied by the number of 24-hour periods in the Valuation
Period.  The daily asset charge factor will be determined annually by the
Company, but in no event may it exceed that specified in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees.

PART C - GENERAL

ANNUITY ACCOUNT.  The Company will establish an Annuity Account under each
certificate and will maintain the Annuity Account during the Accumulation
Period.  The Annuity Account Value at any time equals the sum of all the then
current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to that
certificate.

TRANSFER PRIVILEGE.  At any time during the Accumulation Period, other than
during the "Right to Examine Certificate" period, the Certificate Owner may
transfer all or part of the Annuity Account Value to one or more of the Fixed or
Variable Account Sub-Accounts then available, subject to the provisions set
forth in the certificate.  Transfers must be made in writing.  Transfer requests
must be received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center prior to the
time of day set forth in the prospectus, and provided the NYSE is open for
business, in order to be processed as of the close of business on the date the
request is received; otherwise, the transfer will be processed on the next
business day the NYSE is open for business.


                                                                              15

<PAGE>

            VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Accounts will reflect the purchase or
cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units having an aggregate value equal to
the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular Variable Account
Sub-Account.  The purchase or cancellation of such units shall be made using
Variable Accumulation Unit Values of the applicable Variable Account Sub-Account
for the Valuation Period during which the transfer is effective.  Transfers to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account will result in a new Guaranteed Period for the amount
being transferred.  Any such Guaranteed Period under a certificate will begin on
the effective date of the transfer and end on its Expiration Date.  The amount
transferred into such Fixed Account Sub-Account will earn interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company for that Guaranteed Period as
of the effective date of the transfer.

Transfers made under a certificate shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a) No transfer fee will be imposed on the 1st through 3rd transfer made during
a Certificate Year, and no transfer fee will be imposed on the 4th through 12th
transfer made during a Certificate Year if the Annuity Account Value under the
certificate at the time of the transfer is equal to or greater than $5,000;
otherwise, a transfer fee, based on the Company's then current fee schedule will
be imposed on each transfer made in excess of these limits (in counting the
number of transfers, the frequency limitation shown in the Certificate
Specifications with respect to transfers from the Fixed Account will be
included); (b) No withdrawal charge will be imposed on transferred amounts,
however, transfers of all or a portion out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be
subject to the Market Value Adjustment unless such transfer is made in
accordance with the "Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a
Guaranteed Period" provision; (c) The amount being transferred may not be less
than $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account Sub-
Account, unless the entire value of the Fixed or Variable Account Sub-Account is
being transferred; (d) The amount being transferred may not exceed the Company's
maximum amount limit then in effect; (e) The amount transferred to any Fixed
Account Sub-Account may not be less than $2,500; (f) Unless a transfer out of a
Fixed Account Sub-Account is made in accordance with the "Full or Partial
Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period" provision, the
amount transferred from each Fixed Account Sub-Account during a Certificate Year
may not exceed the limits shown in the Certificate Specifications; (g) Any value
remaining in a Fixed Account Sub-Account, following a transfer, may not be less
than $1,000 and any value remaining in a Variable Account Sub-Account, following
a transfer, may not be less than $500; (h) The Company reserves the right to
defer transfers of amounts from the Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six
months from the date the request for such transfer is received by the Company at
its Variable Products Service Center; and (i) Transfers involving Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) shall be subject to such terms and conditions as may be
imposed by the Funds.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  Prior to the Annuity Date, on the last Valuation Date of
each Certificate Year the Company will deduct from the value of the Annuity
Account the annual Annuity Account Fee, if any, shown in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees to reimburse it for administrative expenses relating
to the Annuity Account.  Such Annuity Account Fee will be deducted on a pro rata
basis from amounts allocated to each Fixed and Variable Account Sub-Account in
which the Annuity Account values are invested at the time of such deduction.  If
the Annuity Account under a certificate is surrendered for its full value, the
Annuity Account Fee will be deducted in full at the time of such surrender.  On
the Annuity Date the value of the Annuity Account will be reduced by a
proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed
between the last Valuation Date of the most recent Certificate Year and the day
before the Annuity Date.


                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                           VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

CASH WITHDRAWALS.  At any time before the Annuity Date, the Certificate Owner
may elect to receive a cash withdrawal payment  from the Company by filing with
the Company at its  Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address a written
election in such form as the Company may require.  Any such election shall
specify the amount of the withdrawal and will be effective on the date that it
is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.
Any cash withdrawal payment will be paid within seven


                                                                              16

<PAGE>

                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                     VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

days of the Company's receipt of such request, except as the Company may be
permitted to defer the payment of amounts withdrawn from the Variable Account in
accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Company reserves the
right to defer the payment of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a
period not to exceed six months from the date written request for such
withdrawal is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address.  If payment from the Fixed Account is deferred for more than 10
working days from the date the request is received, the Company will pay annual
interest on the amount deferred in accordance with the interest rate than
required by law from the date the Company receives the request.

The amount of the cash withdrawal payment may be for any amount not to exceed
the Annuity Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
election becomes effective, less any applicable Annuity Account Fee, plus or
minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable withdrawal
charge and premium taxes.  In the case of a full surrender, the Annuity Account
will be canceled and the certificate will terminate.  A partial withdrawal will
result in a decrease in the Annuity Account Value under a certificate by an
amount with an aggregate dollar value equal to the dollar amount of the cash
withdrawal payment, plus or minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, any
applicable withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

In the case of a partial withdrawal, the Certificate Owner must instruct the
Company as to the amounts to be withdrawn from each Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account.  If not so instructed, the Company will effect such
withdrawal from each Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the then
current Sub-Account values.  Partial withdrawals cannot reduce any Fixed Account
Sub-Account below $1,000 or any Variable Account Sub-Account below $500.  Such
partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender of that Sub-Account
under the certificate and the balance will be transferred to the largest
Variable Account Sub-Account, if any.  Partial withdrawals cannot reduce the
total Annuity Account Value below $500.  (See "Minimum Value Requirements"
provision.)  Such partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender.

Cash withdrawals from a Variable Account Sub-Account under a certificate will
result in the cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units attributable to the
Annuity Account with an aggregate value on the effective date of the withdrawal
equal to the total amount by which the Variable Account Sub-Account is reduced.
The cancellation of such units will be based on the Variable Accumulation Unit
values of the Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which
the cash withdrawal is effective.

All cash withdrawals or transfers of any portion of Fixed Account Sub-Accounts,
except those specified otherwise under "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and
Annuitization Provisions," will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment
described below.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGES.  If a cash withdrawal is made, a withdrawal charge may be
assessed by the Company.  The length of time between the Company acceptance of
the Premium Payment(s) under a certificate and the receipt of a withdrawal
request determines the withdrawal charge.  For this purpose each withdrawal is
deemed to represent a withdrawal of a Premium Payment previously accepted (or a
portion thereof).  Premium Payments will be deemed to have been withdrawn in the
order in which the Premium Payments were received by the Company (i.e., oldest
premium first).  After all Premium Payments have been deemed withdrawn, the
Company will deem further withdrawals to be from net investment results
attributable to such Premium Payments, if any.  The schedule of withdrawal
charges is set forth in the "Schedule of Charges, Expenses and Fees."  On
withdrawal, any applicable Annuity Account Fee and Market Value Adjustment will
be deducted before application of any withdrawal charge.

Withdrawal charges are deducted proportionately from the Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) from which the withdrawal is to be made, provided such
Sub-Account(s) under the certificate have sufficient account value(s) for making
such deduction(s).  If any of the account value(s) of such Sub-Account(s),
however, are insufficient, the amount payable upon withdrawals will be net of
any remaining withdrawal charges, unless the Certificate Owner and the Company
agree otherwise.


                                                                              17

<PAGE>

                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                     VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions" for
situations in which a withdrawal charge is not imposed.

For the purpose of any qualified plan riders which may be attached to a
certificate, the term "Surrender Charge" wherever referenced therein, shall mean
"withdrawal charge" as set forth above, and the term "Annuity Value" shall mean
"Annuity Account Value."

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  Any cash withdrawal or transfer under a certificate
from a Fixed Account Sub-Account, except those specified otherwise under the
"Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions," will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

The amount payable on such cash withdrawal or transfer may be adjusted up or
down by the application of the Market Value Adjustment, a detailed description
of which has been filed with the Superintendent of Insurance.  The Index Rate
Factor applicable to the amount of such cash withdrawal or transfer is:

                                   (1+A) TO THE POWER OF N
                                   -----------------------
                                   (1+B) TO THE POWER OF N
where:

A = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the Guaranteed Period
commenced* for that Guaranteed Period Amount.

B = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the applicable partial or full
surrender of the Guaranteed Period Amount occurs*, plus the percentage
adjustment to "B" as shown in the Contract Specifications.  If Index Rates "A"
and "B" are within .25% of each other when the Index Rate Factor is determined,
no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made.

        * If, however, the Treasury Constant Maturity Series yield
          rate, for a period with time to maturity equal to the
          Guaranteed Period, as published daily in THE WALL STREET
          JOURNAL varies by 1.00% or more during any one week , the
          Company may use such daily yield rates in the calculation of
          the Index Rate Factor applicable under this contract.

N = The number of years remaining in the applicable Guaranteed Period (e.g. 1
year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years)

As used herein, "Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate" means the applicable
yield rate shown in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release (Report H.15)
published each Monday by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.

If such yields are no longer published, the Company will substitute an
appropriate index of publicly traded obligations, subject to the approval of the
Superintendent of Insurance.

Straight-line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.


        PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS

PENALTY-FREE PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS OR TRANSFERS.  Upon request in writing, the
Certificate Owner may, during any Certificate Year prior to the Annuity Date for
that certificate, withdraw up to 15% of the Premium Payment(s) or portion
remaining thereof,  without incurring a withdrawal charge.   For this purpose
each


                                                                              18

<PAGE>

                            PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS,
               TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

withdrawal is deemed to represent a withdrawal of a portion of a Premium Payment
previously accepted.  Premium Payments will be deemed to be withdrawn in the
order in which they were received by the Company (i.e., the oldest premium
first).  Any such withdrawal from a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be subject to
a Market Value Adjustment unless the withdrawal is made at the end of a
Guaranteed Period as set forth below.  The Certificate Owner must specify from
which Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Accounts the withdrawal is to be made, otherwise
the Company may effect such withdrawal on a proportionate basis from all Fixed
and/or Variable Sub-Accounts in which the Annuity Account for that certificate
is invested.

Such partial withdrawals may be either taken as a lump sum or, upon consent of
the Company, paid in equal installments, however, (a) no more than one penalty-
free partial withdrawal may be made during any one Certificate Year, (b) the
first withdrawal in any Certificate Year will be deemed to be the penalty-free
withdrawal up to the amount specified above, and (c) the amount of each such
partial withdrawal must be at least $1,000.

No withdrawal charge will be imposed on any withdrawal with respect to a Premium
Payment made under a certificate after the end of the seventh year following the
Company's acceptance of that Premium Payment.

The Certificate Owner may also transfer amounts within the Annuity Account
during the Accumulation Period without the application of a withdrawal charge,
however; (a) any transfers would be subject to any terms and conditions as may
be imposed under the "Transfer Privilege" provision, (b) transfers from a Fixed
Account Sub-Account may be subject to the "Market Value Adjustment" provision,
and (c) the amount of such transfer(s) must be at least $2,500 per Fixed Account
Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account Sub-Account.

FULL OR PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS AT THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD.  No
Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on a full or partial withdrawal or
transfer made from a Fixed Account Sub-Account which becomes effective at the
end of the applicable initial or subsequent Guaranteed Period.  In such event,
the Certificate Owner's proper request for withdrawal or transfer must be
received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address
within a 60-day period immediately preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period.

WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND/OR MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ON DEATH OR ANNUITY
DATE.  No withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon
payments made under the Annuity Benefit provisions of a certificate, and no
negative Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon payments made under the
"Death Benefit" provisions of a certificate.

PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION.  At any time the Certificate Owner may request in
writing payment of the then current Annuity Account Value under the certificate
in accordance with any one of the settlement options set forth in the
certificate.  In such event, no withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment
will be imposed at the time such settlement is made.  Such annuitization will
automatically result in a change in the Annuity Date to the date Income Payments
commence under the settlement option elected.


                               BENEFIT PROVISIONS

ANNUITY BENEFIT.  On the Annuity Date the Company will pay all or a part of the
adjusted value of the Annuity Account under the certificate in cash or apply it
in accordance with the settlement option(s) elected by the Certificate Owner.
However, if the amount to be applied under any settlement option is less than
$5,000, or if the first Income Payment payable in accordance with such option is
less than $50, the Company will pay the adjusted value in a single payment to
the payee designated by the Certificate Owner.


                                                                              19

<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ANNUITY DATE.  The Annuity Date initially selected by each Certificate Owner is
shown in the Certificate Specifications.  The Annuity Date may be changed from
time to time by the Certificate Owner by notifying the Company in writing.  The
notice must be received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity Date then in effect.  The
new Annuity Date selected must be at least 30 days after the effective date of
the change and not later than the Annuitant's 85th birthday.

After the Annuity Date, no change of a settlement option is permitted, no
payments may be requested under the "Cash Withdrawals" provision of the
certificate, and no Death Benefit is payable under the certificate except as
otherwise specified under the settlement option selected.

ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUITY BENEFIT.  During
the lifetime of the Certificate Owner and prior to the Annuity Date, the
Certificate Owner may elect to have the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
applied on the Annuity Date under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the certificate, or under any other settlement option as agreed to by
the Company.  The Certificate Owner may also change any election, but any
election or change of election must be received at the Company's Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity
Date.  The election or change of election may be made by filing with the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address written notice in such
form as the Company may require.  If no such election is in effect on the 30th
day prior to the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity Account under a
certificate will be applied under a Life Annuity with 120 months guaranteed.

In such situation, the portion of the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
under a certificate to be applied for a Fixed Life Annuity under the Second
Option and/or a Variable Life Annuity under Option II will be determined on a
pro rata basis from the composition of the Annuity Account on the Annuity Date.

DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.  On the Annuity Date the Annuity Account under a
certificate will be canceled and the adjusted value of the Annuity Account to be
applied under the settlement options provisions shall be equal to the Annuity
Account Value for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the
Annuity Date, minus a proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect
the time elapsed between the last Valuation Date for the most recent calendar
year and the Valuation Date before the Annuity Date, minus any applicable
premium or similar tax.  For the purposes of any qualified plan riders which may
be attached to the certificate, the term "Annuity Value," wherever referenced
therein, shall mean the "adjusted value of the Annuity Account" as defined
above.

INCOME PAYMENT BENEFITS.  On the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity
Account under a certificate as determined under the "Determination of Amount"
provision may be applied, as elected by the Certificate Owner, under one or more
of the settlement options set forth in the certificate to effect:  (a) a Fixed
Income Payment Benefit or a Variable Income Payment Benefit; or (b) a
combination of the Fixed Income Payment Benefit and the Variable Income Payment
Benefit.  If a combination Fixed and Variable Income Payment Benefit is elected,
the Certificate Owner may specify the amount to be allocated to the Fixed Income
Payment Benefit and the amount to be allocated to the Variable Income Payment
Benefit.  Such election and allocation may also be made by a Beneficiary to the
extent provided in the "Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to
Death Benefit Provision."

DEATH BENEFIT.  If the Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity Date specified
in the certificate, the Company will pay the Death Benefit to the Beneficiary
upon receipt of due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner in accordance
with the "Payment of Death Benefit" provision.  If there is no Beneficiary
living on the date of death of the Certificate Owner, the Company will pay the
Death Benefit, upon receipt of due proof of the death of both the Certificate
Owner and the Beneficiary, in one sum to the estate of the Certificate Owner.
If the death of the Certificate Owner occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no
death benefit will be payable under the certificate except as may be provided
under the settlement option elected.


                                                                              20

<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO DEATH BENEFIT.  During
the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Date specified in the
certificate, the Certificate Owner may elect one or more of the settlement
options set forth in the certificate to effect an annuity for the Beneficiary as
payee after the death of the Certificate Owner.  This election may be made or
subsequently revoked by filing with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address a written election or revocation of an election in such
form as required by the Company.

Any election or revocation of an election of a method of settlement of the Death
Benefit will become effective on the date it is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.

Unless otherwise specified in writing by the Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary
under the certificate may elect (a) to receive the Death Benefit as a cash
payment, in which event the Annuity Account will be canceled, or (b) to have the
Death Benefit applied under one or more of the settlement options set forth
under the certificate.  This election may be made by filing with the Company a
written request in a form as required by the Company.  Any written request for
an election of a settlement option for the Death Benefit by the Beneficiary will
become effective on the later of (a) the date the request is received by the
Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address; or (b) the
date due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner is received by the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.  If a written request
for a settlement option by the Beneficiary is not received by the Company within
60 days following the date due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner is
received by the Company, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected a cash
payment as of the last day of the 60-day period.

Notwithstanding the above, the Certificate Owner or Beneficiary may only elect a
settlement option which provides for the distribution of the entire Death
Benefit to the Beneficiary within five years of the Certificate Owner's death
unless:  (a) the entire interest in the contract is distributed over the life of
the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate
Owner's death; (b) the entire interest in the certificate is distributed over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with
distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate Owner's death; or (c)
the Beneficiary is the deceased Certificate Owner's spouse and elects to
continue the certificate and become the new Certificate Owner, but in no event
may such an election be made under the certificate more than once.

For purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, if any Certificate
Owner is not an individual, the death or change of any Annuitant under the
certificate is treated as the death of a Certificate Owner, and if the
Certificate Owner is a grantor trust within the meaning of the Internal Revenue
Code, the death of the grantor of such trust is also treated as the death of a
Certificate Owner.

PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT.  If the Death Benefit is to be paid in cash to the
Beneficiary, payment will be made within 7 days of the date the election becomes
effective or is deemed to become effective, provided due proof of the death of
the Certificate Owner is received by the Company at its Variable Products
Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be permitted to
defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account in
accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.  If the Death Benefit is to
be paid in one sum to the estate of the deceased Certificate Owner, payment will
be made within 7 days of the date due proof of the death of the Certificate
Owner (and/or Beneficiary, if necessary) is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be
permitted to defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account
in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.  If settlement under the
settlement option provisions is elected, the Income Payments will commence 30
days following the effective date or the deemed effective date of the election
and the Annuity Account will be maintained in effect until such Income Payments
commence.

AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT.  No negative Market Value Adjustment is assessed
against amounts which are applied toward payment of a death benefit under a
certificate. If the death benefit becomes payable before the Certificate
Owner's 85th birthday, the amount of the death benefit determined as of the
effective date or deemed effective date of the death benefit election (not as of
the date of death) is equal to the greatest of (a) the Annuity Account Value for
the Valuation Period during which the death benefit election is effective or
deemed to become effective, (b) the sum of all the Premium Payment(s) made under
the certificate less

                                                                              21

<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

the sum of all partial withdrawals, or (c) the Annuity Account Value under
the certificate on the seven-year Certificate Anniversary immediately
preceding the date the death benefit election is effective or is deemed to
become effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and partial
withdrawals and charges made between the immediate preceding seven-year
Certificate Anniversary and the date the death benefit election is effective
or is deemed to become effective (as referenced herein, seven-year
Certificate Anniversary means the 7th Certificate Anniversary and each
succeeding Certificate Anniversary occurring at any seven-year interval
thereafter, for example, the 14th and 21st Certificate Anniversaries). If the
death benefit becomes payable after the Certificate Owner's 85th birthday,
the amount payable shall be the greatest of (a) or (b) above.

SECTION 72(s).  The provisions above will be interpreted so as to comply with
the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.


                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT.  The contract (including any amendments, endorsements or rider
attached thereto), the Contract Owner's application (a copy of which is attached
to the contract when issued), and the individual applications of the Certificate
Owners constitute the entire contract with the Company.

Only the President, a Vice President, an Assistant Vice President, a Secretary,
a Director or an Assistant Director of the Company may make or modify this
contract.

The contract is executed at the Company's Home Office, the mailing address of
which for this contract is CIGNA Individual Insurance, Variable Products Service
Center, Routing S224, Hartford, Connecticut 06152.

INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATES.  Individual certificates will be delivered to each
Certificate Owner under this contract.  There certificate will include the
essential features of the coverage under this contract.  The rights described in
the certificate are controlled by the provisions of this contract and are
subject to any changes in this contract.

MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT OR CERTIFICATE.  The Company reserves the right to
modify this contract or any certificate issued under it to meet the requirements
of applicable state and federal laws or regulations.  The Company will notify
the Contract Owner and/or the Certificate Owners in writing of any changes that
bear upon their contract or certificate.

NON-PARTICIPATION.  The contract and the certificates issued under it are not
entitled to share in surplus distribution.

LOANS.  Loans are not permitted under this contract or any certificate issued
under it.

DETERMINATION OF VALUES.  The method of determination by the Company of the Net
Investment Factor and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity
Units shall be conclusive upon the Certificate Owner, and any Beneficiary or
payee.  Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefits that may be
available under a certificate will not be less than the minimum benefits
required by the jurisdiction of issue.

ENDORSEMENT OF INCOME PAYMENTS.  The Company will make each Income Payment,
payable under a certificate, at the Home Office by check.  Each check must be
personally endorsed by the payee/Annuitant, or the Company may require that
proof of the payee/Annuitant's survival be furnished.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE.  If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, the amount
payable under the applicable certificate will be adjusted to be the amount of
income which the actual premium paid would have purchased for the correct age
according to the Company's rates in effect on the Certificate Date.  Any
overpayment by the Company, with interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded
annually, will be charged against the payments to be made next succeeding the
adjustment.  Any underpayment by the Company will be paid in a lump sum, with
interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded annually.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS.  To the extent permitted by law, no amounts payable under a
certificate will be subject to the claims of creditors of any payee.

                                                                              22
<PAGE>
PERIODIC REPORTS.  At least once each calendar year, the Company will furnish
the Certificate Owner a report as required by law showing the Annuity Account
Value at the end of the preceding year, all transactions during the year, the
current Annuity Account Value, the number of Accumulation Units in each Variable
Accumulation Account, the applicable Accumulation Unit Value as of the date of
the report and the interest rate credited to the Fixed Account Sub-Account(s).
The Company will also send such statements reflecting transactions in the
Annuity Account as may be required by applicable laws, rules and regulations and
any other information required by the Superintendent of Insurance.


                                                                              23

<PAGE>













                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

            FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
               WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING

<PAGE>

                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
        A Stock Company       Home Office Location:    900 Cottage Grove Road
                                                       Bloomfield, Connecticut

          MAILING ADDRESS:    CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
                              VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER - ROUTING S249
                              HARTFORD, CT  06152-2249


The Company has issued a Flexible Payment Deferred Group Variable Annuity
Contract to the Contract Owner named in the Certificate Specifications.  This
certificate describes the terms and conditions of the group contract.  If there
is a conflict between the group contract and this certificate, the terms and
conditions of the group contract will control.

RIGHT TO EXAMINE CERTIFICATE.  This certificate may be returned to the insurance
agent through whom it was purchased or to the Company via the Variable Products
Service Center within 10 days after its receipt (20 days after its receipt where
required by law for a certificate issued in replacement of another contract).
If the certificate is so returned, it will be deemed void from the Certificate
Date, and the Company will refund the Premium Payment(s) as provided plus or
minus any investment gains or losses under the certificate as of the date the
returned certificate is mailed or delivered to the agent through whom it was
purchased or the date it is delivered or mailed to the Company, unless required
otherwise by law.

The certificate is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of issue of the
group contract and is issued and accepted subject to the terms set forth on this
page and on the following pages which are made a part of the certificate.  In
consideration of the application for it and the Premium Payment(s) as provided,
this certificate is executed by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company as of
its Certificate Date.



                                                  /s/ Thomas C. Jones
               Registrar                               PRESIDENT



PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT FORMULA, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD
ADJUSTMENTS IN AMOUNTS PAYABLE, INCLUDING WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS.  PAYMENTS
MADE FROM THE FIXED ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO AN ELECTION WHICH BECOMES EFFECTIVE AT
THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD AND PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "ANNUITY BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS AND UNDER THE "PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION" PROVISION ARE NOT SUBJECT
TO THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "DEATH BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.

ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WHEN BASED ON THE
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.

USE OF CERTIFICATE.  This certificate is available for retirement and deferred
compensation plans some of which may qualify for special tax treatment under
various sections of the Internal Revenue Code.


          FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
              WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING

     THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CERTIFICATE OWNER AND THE COMPANY
                               READ IT CAREFULLY.



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7

DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9

PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     Premium Payments
     Allocation of Premium Payments
     Annuity Account Continuation
     Minimum Value Requirements

OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     Certificate Owner
     Rights of Certificate Owner
     Transfer of Certificate Ownership
     Assignment
     Beneficiary
     Change of Beneficiary

FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     Fixed Account and Sub-Accounts
     Variable Account and Sub-Accounts
     Investment Risk
     Investments of the Variable Account Sub-Accounts
     Substituted Securities

VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Part A - Fixed Account Value
              Guaranteed Periods
              Guaranteed Interest Rates
              Fixed Accumulation Value
              Minimum Surrender Value
     Part B - Variable Account Value
              Crediting Variable Accumulation Units
              Variable Accumulation Unit Value
              Variable Accumulation Value
              Net Investment Factor
     Part C - General
              Annuity Account
              Transfer Privilege
              Annuity Account Fee

CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Cash Withdrawals
     Withdrawal Charges
     Market Value Adjustment


                                                                               2

<PAGE>

                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS . . . . 18
   Penalty-Free Partial Withdrawals or Transfers
   Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period
   Waiver of Withdrawal Charge and/or Market Value Adjustment on
        Death or Annuity Date
   Penalty-Free Annuitization

BENEFIT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
   Annuity Benefit
   Annuity Date
   Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Annuity Benefit
   Determination of Amount
   Income Payment Benefits
   Death Benefit
   Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Death Benefit
   Payment of Death Benefit
   Amount of Death Benefit
   Section 72(s)

GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
   The Contract and The Certificate
   Modification of Certificate
   Non-Participation
   Loans
   Determination of Values
   Endorsement of Income Payments
   Misstatement of Age
   Claims of Creditors
   Periodic Reports

Followed by Optional Methods of Settlement and any Riders

Note:  Pages 4, 6, and 8 are intentionally "blank."








                                                                               3

<PAGE>

                           CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS

            ANNUITANT    JOHN DOE                SPECIMEN    CERTIFICATE NUMBER

         AGE AT ISSUE    35                AUGUST 1, 1995    CERTIFICATE DATE

GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER    SPECIMEN          AUGUST 1, 2025    ANNUITY DATE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FORM             BENEFIT                                    INITIAL PREMIUM
                                                                PAYMENT

AN422  FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY          $50,000
       WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS

       INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT ALLOCATION
                                                              PERCENTAGE

       FIXED ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS
          PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX RATE "B":  .25%

          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE    1 YEAR  / 4.55% 10%
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE    3 YEARS / 5.80%  0%
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE    5 YEARS / 6.40%  0%
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE    7 YEARS / 6.65%  0%
          INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE   10 YEARS / 6.90%  0%


       VARIABLE ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS (FUNDS)

         FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
           VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
             EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO                                 10%
             MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO                                  10%
           VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II
             ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO                                  0%
             INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO                          0%


         FRED ALGER MANAGEMENT, INC.
           ALGER AMERICAN FUND                                        0%
             ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO                          0%
             ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO               10%
             ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO                   0%
             ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO           10%


         MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES
           VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
             MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES                                 10%
             MFS UTILITIES SERIES                                     0%
             MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES                             0%

(Continued on Page 5.1)


                                                                               5

<PAGE>

                     CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

            ANNUITANT    JOHN DOE              SPECIMEN    CERTIFICATE NUMBER

         AGE AT ISSUE    35              AUGUST 1, 1995    CERTIFICATE DATE

GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER    SPECIMEN        AUGUST 1, 2025    ANNUITY DATE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



       NEUBERGER & BERMAN
         NEUBERGER & BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST                 0%
           AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO                                     0%
           AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO                       10%
           AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO                                    10%

       QUEST FOR VALUE
         QUEST FOR VALUE ACCUMULATION TRUST
           QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO                             10%
           QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO                                   10%
           QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO                                  0%

         TOTAL                                                      100%



SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO A 10% MINIMUM ALLOCATION REQUIREMENT
WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE FIXED ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT OR VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-
ACCOUNT AND THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNTS:

     $2,500 PER FIXED ACCOUNT GUARANTEED PERIOD
     $  100 PER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT

LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS FROM FIXED ACCOUNT:  ONLY ONE SUCH TRANSFER ALLOWED PER
CERTIFICATE YEAR FROM EACH SUB-ACCOUNT, AND THE AMOUNT(S) TRANSFERRED MAY NOT
EXCEED 15% OF THE PREMIUM PAYMENT(S) MADE TO THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S) OR
THE PORTION REMAINING THEREOF IN THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S), IF LESS.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS FOR USE WITH "CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II":  A
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE INVESTMENT ACCOUNT WHICH WAS
ESTABLISHED ON JANUARY 25, 1994.

CONTRACT OWNER:  CIGNA VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST (DATED 06/07/95)

CERTIFICATE OWNER:  THE ANNUITANT

BENEFICIARY:   THE PERSON(S) DESIGNATED BY THE CERTIFICATE OWNER AND RECORDED BY
               THE COMPANY


JURISDICTION OF ISSUE OF GROUP CONTRACT:  RHODE ISLAND




                                                                             5.1

<PAGE>

                     SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES

Annuity Account Fee:  The Annuity Account Fee is $30 per Certificate Year and
will be deducted on the last Valuation Date of each Certificate Year.  The
Annuity Account Fee, however, will be waived for any year for which the Annuity
Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of such
Certificate Year.

Withdrawal Charges:  The Withdrawal charges applicable under this certificate
are as follows.

 Withdrawal Charge
Against Premium Pay-                      Year
  ment Withdrawn                        Applicable
  --------------                        ----------

       7%           During 1st year since Premium Payment Accepted
       6%           During 2nd year since Premium Payment Accepted
       5%           During 3rd year since Premium Payment Accepted
       4%           During 4th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       3%           During 5th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       2%           During 6th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       1%           During 7th year since Premium Payment Accepted
       0%           Thereafter


Each Subsequent Premium Payment will be subject to its own 7-year period.

Any Withdrawal from the Fixed Account prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period
may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment which may increase, decrease,
or have no affect on the applicable account value(s).  A Market Value Adjustment
would not apply to a withdrawal effective at the end of a Guaranteed Period.
Withdrawal charges are not applicable to certain partial withdrawals of 15% or
less of Premium Payments annually.  Withdrawal charges and a Market Value
Adjustment are not applicable to annuitization of the certificate at any time,
and no negative Market Value Adjustment is applicable to payment of the Death
Benefit.  (See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization
Provisions.")

Asset Charges:  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is a charge equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the Variable Account.
Administrative Expense Charge is a charge equal to an effective annual rate of
 .15%  of the daily net assets of the Variable Account.  These charges are
deducted from the Variable Account Value at the end of each Valuation Period.

In addition, Daily Fund Operating Expenses will be applied by each Fund as set
forth in the prospectus for the applicable Fund(s).



(Continued on Page 7.1)


                                                                               7

<PAGE>

               SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES (CONTINUED)

Taxes:  Premium tax equivalents (including any related retaliatory taxes), if
any, and any other taxes due under this certificate will be deducted if
applicable.  It is currently the Company's practice to deduct such taxes, if
any, at the time the Annuity Account Value, or any portion thereof, becomes
payable.







                                                                             7.1


<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION PERIOD.  The period from the Certificate Date to (a) the Annuity
Date, (b) the date on which the Death Benefit becomes payable, or (c) the date
on which the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.

ANNUITANT.  The person on whose life the first Income Payment is to be made upon
the annuitization of the certificate.  The Annuitant is the person designated in
the Certificate Specifications and will remain the Annuitant under the
certificate unless the Certificate Owner exercises the right to change the
Annuitant as set forth in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision. If prior
to the Annuity Date, the Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, the
Certificate Owner will then become the Annuitant until such time as the
Certificate Owner exercises the right to designate a new Annuitant as set forth
in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision.  A request for change of
Annuitant must be in writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address and will not take effect until recorded by the Company.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT.  The account which is comprised of the Fixed and Variable
Accounts with respect to this certificate.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE.  The account value which at any time equals the sum of
all the then current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to
this certificate.  Applicable premium taxes, if any, will be deducted when the
Annuity Account Value amount to be applied under the Annuity Benefit, Death
Benefit, Cash Withdrawals or Penalty-Free Withdrawal and Annuitization
provisions is determined.

ANNUITY DATE.  The date on which Income Payments begin upon the annuitization of
the certificate.

CERTIFICATE DATE.  The date this certificate takes effect.

CERTIFICATE OWNER (OR "OWNER").  The Certificate Owner is defined under
"Ownership, Assignment and Beneficiary Provisions."  The term "Owner," by
itself, shall mean Certificate Owner.

CERTIFICATE YEARS AND CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARIES.  All Certificate Years and
Certificate Anniversaries are 12 month periods measured from the Certificate
Date.

CONTRACT OWNER.  The person or entity designated in the Certificate
Specifications.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH.  An original certified copy  of an official death
certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof of death
satisfactory to the Company.

EXPIRATION DATE(S).  The date(s) on which Guaranteed Period(s), if any, end.

FIXED ACCOUNT.  The term "Fixed Account" under this certificate means all Sub-
Account(s) associated with Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s).
Fixed Account assets are general assets of the Company and are distinguishable
from those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FUND(S).  The Portfolio(s) of Fund Group(s) whose shares are acquired for the
Variable Account Sub-Accounts in which Premium Payments or Transfers may be
invested.

FUND GROUP(S).  The open-end management investment companies (mutual funds)
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter
referred as the "1940 Act"), one or more of whose Portfolio(s)' shares are made
available as investment vehicles for this certificate through Variable Accounts
Sub-Accounts.

GUARANTEED PERIOD.  The Guaranteed Period is the period for which interest, at
either an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate will be credited to an
amount under a Fixed Account Sub-Account.


                                                                               9

<PAGE>

                             DEFINITIONS (CONTINUED)

HOME OFFICE.  The term "Home Office" means Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, the mailing address of which for this contract is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Variable Products Service Center, Routing S249, Hartford, Connecticut
06152-2249.

IN WRITING.  The term "In writing" means in a written form satisfactory to the
Company and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address.

INCOME PAYMENTS.  Income Payments are the amounts payable under this certificate
as determined by the settlement options provisions.

PAYOUT PERIOD.  The period during which Income Payments are made under this
certificate.

SUB-ACCOUNT.  That portion of the Fixed Account associated with specific
Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) and that portion of the
Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund.

VALUATION DATE.  Every day on which the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open
for business, except any day on which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on
which an emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") so that valuation or disposal of securities is not
practicable.

VALUATION PERIOD.  The period of time beginning on the day following the
Valuation Date and ending on the next Valuation Date.  A Valuation Period may be
more than one day in length.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT.  The term "Variable Account" under this certificate means all
Sub-Account(s) associated with investments in the Fund(s).  Variable Account
assets are separate account assets of the Company, the investment performance of
which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company, and are
not chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT.  A unit of measure used in the calculation of the
value of each Variable Account Sub-Account.

VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT.  A unit of measure used in the calculation of the value
of the variable portion of the Annuity Account during the Payout Period.

                           PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS

PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Premium Payments made under this certificate are payable to
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address or to an
authorized agent of the Company.  A receipt signed by the President or Secretary
and duly countersigned will be furnished upon request.  The Initial Premium
Payment is the amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits
provided under this certificate on its Certificate Date.  Subsequent Premium
Payments made under this certificate may be paid to the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address from time to time after its
Certificate Date and prior to the Annuity Date.  The Company will not accept any
Premium Payment which is less than the minimum amount requirement then in effect
as determined by the Company.  In addition, the prior approval of the Company is
required before it will accept a Premium Payment in excess of the maximum amount
limit then in effect as determined by the Company.  All Premium Payments made
under this certificate must meet the allocation requirements specified under the
"Allocation of Premium Payments" provision.  The payment of any amount under
this certificate which is derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payments
made by check or draft may be postponed until such check or draft has been
honored by the financial institution upon which it is drawn.

The Initial Premium Payment attributable to this certificate is shown on the
Certificate Specifications page.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS.  Upon receipt by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address, each Premium Payment made under this
certificate will be added to the Annuity Account established under the
certificate.  The Annuity Account is described under the "Annuity Account"
provision and is comprised of Fixed Account Sub-Account(s) and Variable Account
Sub-Account(s).  The Initial


                                                                              10

<PAGE>

                     PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Premium Payment made under this certificate will be allocated to one or more
such Sub-Accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages specified by the
Certificate Owner and shown in  the Certificate Specifications, provided such
allocations to Fixed and/or Variable Accounts conform to the Company's minimum
deposit requirements in effect as of the Certificate Date.  Subsequent Premium
Payments made under this certificate will be allocated on the same basis as the
most recent previous Premium Payment unless the Company is otherwise instructed
by the Certificate Owner to change the allocation percentages.  If a portion of
the most recent previous Premium Payment was allocated to the Fixed Account and
the allocation percentages when applied to a Subsequent Premium Payment does not
produce an amount which meets the Fixed Account minimum requirements, the
Company will promptly seek further instructions from the Certificate Owner
regarding allocation of the premium or otherwise return the applicable portion
of such Premium Payment as provided by law.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT CONTINUATION.  The Annuity Account under this certificate shall
be continued automatically in full force from the Certificate Date until the
Annuity Date or until the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, the Death
Benefit is paid, or the Annuity Account Value no longer meets the requirements
specified in the "Minimum Value Requirements" provision, whichever occurs first.

MINIMUM VALUE REQUIREMENTS.  If no Premium Payments have been made under this
certificate for three consecutive years and its Annuity Account Value decreases
to less than $500 during that period, or if any partial withdrawal decreases its
Annuity Account Value to less than $500, the Company reserves the right to
cancel the certificate and pay to the Certificate Owner an adjusted value of the
Annuity Account as would be calculated under the "Determination of Amount"
provision.  The Company will, however, provide at least 30 days advance notice
to the Certificate Owner of its intended action.  During the notification period
an additional Premium Payment may be made to meet the minimum value
requirements.

                OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS

CERTIFICATE OWNER. The Certificate Owner on the Certificate Date will be the
person designated in the Certificate Specifications. If no Certificate Owner is
designated, the Annuitant will be the Certificate Owner.

RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATE OWNER. The Certificate Owner may exercise all rights and
privileges under the certificate including the right to: (a) agree with the
Company to any change in or amendment to the certificate, (b) transfer all
rights and privileges to another person, (c) change the Beneficiary, (d) change
the Annuitant any time prior to the Annuity Date or name a new Annuitant if the
Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, (e) name the payee to whom Income
Payments are to be directed, and (f) assign the certificate.

All rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner may be exercised without the
consent of any designated transferee, or any Beneficiary if the Certificate
Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary. All such rights and
privileges, however, may be exercised only with the consent of any assignee on
record with the Company.

TRANSFER OF CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP.  The Certificate Owner may transfer all
rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner. On the effective date of
transfer, the transferee will become the Certificate Owner and will have all the
rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner. The Certificate Owner may revoke
any transfer prior to its effective date.

Unless provided otherwise, a transfer will not affect the interest of any
Beneficiary designated prior to the effective date of the transfer.

A transfer of Certificate Ownership, or a revocation of transfer, must be in
writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address.  A transfer or a revocation will not take effect until recorded in
writing by the Company at its Variable Product Service Center's Mailing Address.
When a transfer or revocation has been so recorded, it will take effect as of
the effective date specified by the Certificate Owner. Any payment made or any
action taken or allowed by the Company before the transfer or there vocation is
recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.


                                                                              11

<PAGE>

          OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ASSIGNMENT. This certificate may not be assigned and the Company will not be
affected by any assignment of the certificate until the original assignment or a
certified copy of the assignment is filed at the Home Office.

The Company does not assume responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of
any assignment.  An assignment of the certificate will operate so long as the
assignment remains in force.

To the extent provided under the terms of the assignment, an assignment will
transfer the interest of any designated transferee or of any Beneficiary if the
Certificate Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY.  The Beneficiary is the person who has the right to receive the
Death Benefit set forth in the certificate and, for Non-Qualified Certificates,
who is the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of Section 72(s) of the
Internal Revenue Code in the event of the Certificate Owner's death.  The
Beneficiary on the Certificate Date will be the person designated in the
Certificate Specifications.

Unless provided otherwise, the interest of any Beneficiary who dies before the
Certificate Owner will vest in the Certificate Owner or the Certificate Owner's
administrators or assigns.

CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY.  A new Beneficiary may be designated from time to time. A
request for change of Beneficiary must be in writing to the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address. The request must be signed
by the Certificate Owner. The request must also be signed by the Beneficiary if
the right to change the Beneficiary has not been reserved to the Certificate
Owner.

A change of Beneficiary will not take effect until recorded by the Company.
When a change of Beneficiary has been so recorded, whether or not the
Certificate Owner is then alive, it will take effect as of the date the
request was signed. Any payment made or any action taken or allowed by the
Company before the change of Beneficiary is recorded will be without prejudice
to the Company.

Unless provided otherwise, the right to change any Beneficiary is reserved to
the Certificate Owner.


                     FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS

FIXED ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS.  Fixed Account assets are general assets of the
Company and are distinguishable from those allocated to a separate account of
the Company.  Any portion of Premium Payments allocated by the Certificate Owner
to a Fixed Account Sub-Account will become part of the Fixed Account.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS.  The Variable Account to which the variable
accumulation values, if any, under this certificate relate is shown in the
Certificate Specifications.  It was established pursuant to a resolution of its
Board of Directors as a "separate account" under governing law of Connecticut,
the Company's state of domicile, and registered as a unit investment trust under
the 1940 Act.  Under Connecticut law, the Variable Account assets (except assets
in excess of its reserves and other contract liabilities) cannot be charged with
the general liabilities from any other business of the Company.  The Variable
Account assets are owned and controlled exclusively by the Company, and the
Company is not a trustee with respect to those assets.

The Variable Account is divided into Sub-Accounts.  Each Variable Account Sub-
Account's assets are invested in shares of a particular Fund of one of the Fund
Groups made available as funding vehicles under this certificate.  For each
Variable Account Sub-Account, the Company maintains Variable Accumulation Units
whose values reflect the investment performance of the Fund whose shares are
held in that Sub-Account.

Subject to any vote by persons having the right under the 1940 Act to vote
thereon, the Company may elect to operate the Variable Account as a management
company rather than a unit investment trust under the


                                                                              12

<PAGE>

               FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

1940 Act, or, if registration is no longer required, to deregister the Variable
Account.  In such event, the Company may endorse this certificate to reflect
such change and any necessary or appropriate action taken to effect the change.
Any changes in Variable Account investment policy shall have been approved by
the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner and be subject to the approval of the
Superintendent of Insurance.

INVESTMENT  RISK.  Each Variable Account Sub-Account's assets are always fully
invested in the shares of the particular Fund purchased for that Sub-Account.
Each Variable Account Sub-Account's investment performance reflects the
investment performance of the Fund.  Fund share values fluctuate, reflecting the
risks of changing economic conditions and the ability of a Fund Group's
investment advisor or sub-adviser to manage that Fund and anticipate changes in
economic conditions.  As to the Variable Account assets, the Certificate Owner
bears the entire investment risk of gain or loss.


INVESTMENTS OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS.  All amounts allocated under
this certificate to a Variable Account Sub-Account will be used to purchase
shares of the specific Fund of a Fund Group used by that Sub-Account.  Each Fund
Group is registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment
company, and each Fund of that Fund Group is regulated as an open-end management
investment company.

All Funds available as funding vehicles under this certificate as of its
Certificate Date are listed on page 5.  The Company may add additional Fund
Groups and additional Funds at any time or may change Funds or Fund Groups in
accordance with the "Substituted Securities" provision.

Any and all distributions made by a Fund will be reinvested in additional shares
of that Fund at net asset value.  Deductions by the Company from a Variable
Account Sub-Account will be made by redeeming a number of Fund shares at net
asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted.

SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. Shares corresponding to a particular Fund may not always
be available for purchase or the Company may decide that further investment in
such Fund is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable
Account, or in view of legal, regulatory or federal income tax restrictions.  In
such event, shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit
investment trust may be substituted both for Fund shares already purchased
and/or as the securities to be purchased in the future, provided that these
substitutions meet applicable Internal Revenue Service diversification
guidelines and any necessary regulatory or other approvals of such substitutions
have been obtained.  In the event of any substitution pursuant to this
provision, the Company may make appropriate endorsement(s) to this certificate
to reflect the substitution and any such substitution shall be subject to the
approval of the Superintendent of Insurance.

                  VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS

PART A - FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE

GUARANTEED PERIODS.  The Initial Guaranteed Period(s), if any, are selected by
the Certificate Owner and are shown in the Certificate Specifications.  The
duration of the Initial Guaranteed Period(s) will affect the Initial Guaranteed
Interest Rate(s).  Any Premium Payment or the portion thereof (or amount
transferred in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision described
below) allocated to a particular Guaranteed Period will earn interest at the
specified Guaranteed Interest Rate during the Guaranteed Period.  Initial
Guaranteed Periods begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted (or, in the
case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer) and end on the
Expiration Date for each duration selected.

Any portion of the Annuity Account Value comprising a particular Fixed Account
Sub-Account (including interest earned thereon) will be referred to in this
certificate as the "Guaranteed Period Amount."  As a result of renewals,
Subsequent Payments, deductions for applicable Annuity Account Fee(s) and
transfers of portions of the Annuity Account Value, Guaranteed Period Amounts
for Guaranteed Periods of the same duration under this certificate may have
different Expiration Dates, and each Guaranteed Period Amount will be treated
separately for purposes of determining any Market Value Adjustment.


                                                                              13

<PAGE>

            VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner in writing at least
15 but not more than 45 days prior to the Expiration Date of a Guaranteed Period
with respect to a Fixed Account Sub-Account of the guaranteed period durations
available and the then currently quoted interest rates.  A subsequent Guaranteed
Period of the same duration will begin automatically at the end of the previous
Guaranteed Period unless the Company receives, in writing at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address within the 60-day period immediately
preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period, an election by the Certificate
Owner of a different Guaranteed Period from among those being offered by the
Company at such time, or instructions to transfer all or a portion of the
applicable Guaranteed Period Amount to one or more Fixed Account or Variable
Account Sub-Accounts in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES.  The Company will establish the applicable Guaranteed
Interest Rate that will be used to determine the interest with respect to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account for each Guaranteed Period at the beginning of the
Guaranteed Period.  This rate will be guaranteed for the duration of the
applicable Guaranteed Period.  The Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Interest
Rate will never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually.  Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) will also be determined at the beginning of
Guaranteed Period(s) and may be higher or lower than the previous rate, but will
never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually.  (See "Minimum Surrender
Value" provision.)  The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner
of the new Guaranteed Interest Rate as soon as possible after the beginning of
each subsequent Guaranteed Period.

FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE.  Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by the Company at
its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or that portion, if
any, of the Premium Payment which is allocated to the Fixed Account will be
credited to the Fixed Account and allocated to the Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
selected by the Certificate Owner.  The Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, at any
time, under this certificate is equal to the sum of the then current values of
all Guaranteed Period Amounts with respect to this certificate.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE.  The Minimum Surrender Value for the Fixed Account for
a given Certificate Year is the Premium Payment(s), or portion thereof, and
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account accumulated at 3% per year, compounded
annually, less the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge(s), any prior
withdrawals or transfers out of the Fixed Account, premium taxes, if any, and
applicable Annuity Account Fee(s).

PART B - VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE

CREDITING VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNITS.  Upon receipt of a Premium Payment (or a
request for transfer in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision) by
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or
that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment (or the net amount transferred) to
be allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the
Variable Account under this certificate in the form of Variable Accumulation
Units.  The number of particular Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is
determined by dividing the dollar amount allocated to the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for the particular
Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which the Premium
Payment is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE.  The Variable Accumulation Unit Value for each
Variable Account Sub-Account was established at $10.00 for the first Valuation
Period of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account.  The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for any
subsequent Valuation Period is determined by methodology which is the
mathematical  equivalent of multiplying the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for
the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for such subsequent Valuation Period.  The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is the value determined as of the end of the particular Valuation Period
and may increase, decrease or remain constant from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period.


                                                                              14

<PAGE>


            VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION VALUE.  The Variable Accumulation Value of the Annuity
Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the value of
all Variable Accumulation Units of each Variable Account Sub-Account credited to
the Variable Account with respect to this certificate for such Valuation Period.
The Variable Accumulation Value of each Variable Account Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to each Variable Account Sub-Account with respect to this certificate
by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-
Account for such Valuation Period, less deductions for applicable expense
charges and fees.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR.  The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure
the investment performance of a Variable Account Sub-Account from one Valuation
Period to the next.  The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or
equal to 1.0; therefore, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase,
decrease or remain the same.

The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
result where:

  (a) is the net result of:

    (1) the net asset value (as described in the prospectus for the Fund) of a
    Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the
    end of the Valuation Period, plus

    (2) the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution declared by
    the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the "ex-
    dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period, plus or minus

    (3) a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes paid or reserved
    for by the Company during the Valuation Period which are determined by the
    Company to be attributable to the operation of the Variable Account Sub-
    Account;

  (b) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-
  Account determined as of the end of the preceding Valuation Period; and

  (c) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for the Valuation
  Period to reflect the charges for assuming the mortality and expense risks
  and for administrative expenses.

The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to the daily asset
charge factor multiplied by the number of 24-hour periods in the Valuation
Period.  The daily asset charge factor will be determined annually by the
Company, but in no event may it exceed that specified in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees.

PART C - GENERAL

ANNUITY ACCOUNT.  The Company will establish an Annuity Account under this
certificate and will maintain the Annuity Account during the Accumulation
Period.  The Annuity Account Value at any time equals the sum of all the then
current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to this
certificate.

TRANSFER PRIVILEGE.  At any time during the Accumulation Period, other than
during the "Right to Examine Certificate" period, the Certificate Owner may
transfer all or part of the Annuity Account Value to one or more of the Fixed or
Variable Account Sub-Accounts then available, subject to the provisions set
forth below.  Transfers must be made in writing.  Transfer requests must be
received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center prior to the time of
day set forth in the prospectus, and provided the NYSE is open for business, in
order to be processed as of the close of business on the date the request is
received; otherwise, the transfer will be processed on the next business day the
NYSE is open for business.


                                                                              15

<PAGE>

            VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Accounts will reflect the purchase or
cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units having an aggregate value equal to
the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular Variable Account
Sub-Account.  The purchase or cancellation of such units shall be made using
Variable Accumulation Unit Values of the applicable Variable Account Sub-Account
for the Valuation Period during which the transfer is effective.  Transfers to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account will result in a new Guaranteed Period for the amount
being transferred.  Any such Guaranteed Period under this certificate will begin
on the effective date of the transfer and end on its Expiration Date.  The
amount transferred into such Fixed Account Sub-Account will earn interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company for that Guaranteed Period as
of the effective date of the transfer.

Transfers made under this certificate shall be subject to the following
conditions: (a) No transfer fee will be imposed on the 1st through 3rd transfer
made during a Certificate Year, and no transfer fee will be imposed on the 4th
through 12th transfer made during a Certificate Year if the Annuity Account
Value under the certificate at the time of the transfer is equal to or greater
than $5,000; otherwise, a transfer fee, based on the Company's then current fee
schedule will be imposed on each transfer made in excess of these limits (in
counting the number of transfers, the frequency limitation shown in the
Certificate Specifications with respect to transfers from the Fixed Account will
be included); (b) No withdrawal charge will be imposed on transferred amounts,
however, transfers of all or a portion out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be
subject to the Market Value Adjustment set forth below unless such transfer is
made in accordance with the "Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the
End of a Guaranteed Period" provision; (c) The amount being transferred may not
be less than $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account
Sub-Account, unless the entire value of the Fixed or Variable Account Sub-
Account is being transferred; (d) The amount being transferred may not exceed
the Company's maximum amount limit then in effect; (e) The amount transferred to
any Fixed Account Sub-Account may not be less than $2,500; (f) Unless a transfer
out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account is made in accordance with the "Full or
Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period" provision,
the amount transferred from each Fixed Account Sub-Account during any
Certificate Year may not exceed the limits shown in the Certificate
Specifications; (g) Any value remaining in a Fixed Account Sub-Account,
following a transfer, may not be less than $1,000 and any value remaining in a
Variable Account Sub-Account, following a transfer, may not be less than $500;
(h) The Company reserves the right to defer transfers of amounts from the Fixed
Account for a period not to exceed six months from the date the request for such
transfer is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center; and
(i) Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Account(s) shall be subject to such
terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Funds.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  Prior to the Annuity Date, on the last Valuation Date of
each Certificate Year the Company will deduct from the value of the Annuity
Account the annual Annuity Account Fee, if any, shown in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees to reimburse it for administrative expenses relating
to the Annuity Account.  Such Annuity Account Fee will be deducted on a pro rata
basis from amounts allocated to each Fixed and Variable Account Sub-Account in
which the Annuity Account values are invested at the time of such deduction.  If
the Annuity Account under this certificate is surrendered for its full value,
the Annuity Account Fee will be deducted in full at the time of such surrender.
On the Annuity Date the value of the Annuity Account will be reduced by a
proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed
between the last Valuation Date of the most recent Certificate Year and the day
before the Annuity Date.


                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                           VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS

CASH WITHDRAWALS.  At any time before the Annuity Date, the Certificate Owner
may elect to receive a cash withdrawal payment  from the Company by filing with
the Company at its  Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address a written
election in such form as the Company may require.  Any such election shall
specify the amount of the withdrawal and will be effective on the date that it
is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.
Any cash withdrawal payment will be paid within seven days of the Company's
receipt of such request, except as the Company may be permitted to defer the


                                                                              16

<PAGE>

                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                     VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

payment of amounts withdrawn from the Variable Account in accordance with the
Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Company reserves the right to defer the
payment of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a period not to exceed
six months from the date written request for such withdrawal is received by the
Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.  If payment
from the Fixed Account is deferred for more than 10 working days from the date
the request is received, the Company will pay annual interest on the amount
deferred in accordance with the interest rate than required by law from the date
the Company receives the request.

The amount of the cash withdrawal payment may be for any amount not to exceed
the Annuity Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
election becomes effective, less any applicable Annuity Account Fee, plus or
minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable withdrawal
charge and premium taxes.  In the case of a full surrender, the Annuity Account
will be canceled and the certificate will terminate.  A partial withdrawal will
result in a decrease in the Annuity Account Value under this certificate by an
amount with an aggregate dollar value equal to the dollar amount of the cash
withdrawal payment, plus or minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, any
applicable withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

In the case of a partial withdrawal, the Certificate Owner must instruct the
Company as to the amounts to be withdrawn from each Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account.  If not so instructed, the Company will effect such
withdrawal from each Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the then
current Sub-Account values.  Partial withdrawals cannot reduce any Fixed Account
Sub-Account below $1,000 or any Variable Account Sub-Account below $500.  Such
partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender of that Sub-Account
under the certificate and the balance will be transferred to the largest
Variable Account Sub-Account, if any.  Partial withdrawals cannot reduce the
total Annuity Account Value below $500.  (See "Minimum Value Requirements"
provision.)  Such partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender.

Cash withdrawals from a Variable Account Sub-Account under this certificate will
result in the cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units attributable to the
Annuity Account with an aggregate value on the effective date of the withdrawal
equal to the total amount by which the Variable Account Sub-Account is reduced.
The cancellation of such units will be based on the Variable Accumulation Unit
values of the Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which
the cash withdrawal is effective.

All cash withdrawals or transfers of any portion of Fixed Account Sub-Accounts,
except those specified otherwise under "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and
Annuitization Provisions," will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment
described below.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGES.  If a cash withdrawal is made, a withdrawal charge may be
assessed by the Company.  The length of time between the Company acceptance of
the Premium Payment(s) under this certificate and the receipt of a withdrawal
request determines the withdrawal charge.  For this purpose each withdrawal is
deemed to represent a withdrawal of a Premium Payment previously accepted (or a
portion thereof).  Premium Payments will be deemed to have been withdrawn in the
order in which the Premium Payments were received by the Company (i.e., oldest
premium first).  After all Premium Payments have been deemed withdrawn, the
Company will deem further withdrawals to be from net investment results
attributable to such Premium Payments, if any.  The schedule of withdrawal
charges is set forth in the "Schedule of Charges, Expenses and Fees."  On
withdrawal, any applicable Annuity Account Fee and Market Value Adjustment will
be deducted before application of any withdrawal charge.

Withdrawal charges are deducted proportionately from the Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) from which the withdrawal is to be made, provided such
Sub-Account(s) under the certificate have sufficient account value(s) for making
such deduction(s).  If any of the account value(s) of such Sub-Account(s),
however, are insufficient, the amount payable upon withdrawals will be net of
any remaining withdrawal charges, unless the Certificate Owner and the Company
agree otherwise.


                                                                              17

<PAGE>

                 CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
                     VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions" for
situations in which a withdrawal charge is not imposed.

For the purpose of any qualified plan riders which may be attached to this
certificate, the term "Surrender Charge" wherever referenced therein, shall mean
"withdrawal charge" as set forth above, and the term "Annuity Value" shall mean
"Annuity Account Value."

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  Any cash withdrawal or transfer under this certificate
from a Fixed Account Sub-Account, except those specified otherwise under the
"Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions," will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

The amount payable on such cash withdrawal or transfer under this certificate
may be adjusted up or down by the application of the Market Value Adjustment, a
detailed description of which has been filed with the Superintendent of
Insurance.  The Index Rate Factor applicable to the amount of such cash
withdrawal or transfer is:

                                   (1+A) TO THE POWER OF N
                                   -----------------------
                                   (1+B) TO THE POWER OF N
where:

A = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the Guaranteed Period
commenced* for that Guaranteed Period Amount.

B = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the applicable partial or full
surrender of the Guaranteed Period Amount occurs*, plus the percentage
adjustment to "B" as shown in the Certificate Specifications.  If Index Rates
"A" and "B" are within .25% of each other when the Index Rate Factor is
determined, no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made.

        * If, however, the Treasury Constant Maturity Series yield
          rate, for a period with time to maturity equal to the
          Guaranteed Period, as published daily in THE WALL STREET
          JOURNAL varies by 1.00% or more during any one week, the
          Company may use such daily yield rates in the calculation of
          the Index Rate Factor applicable under this contract.

N = The number of years remaining in the applicable Guaranteed Period (e.g. 1
year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years)

As used herein, "Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate" means the applicable
yield rate shown in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release (Report H.15)
published each Monday by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.

If such yields are no longer published, the Company will substitute an
appropriate index of publicly traded obligations, subject to the approval of the
Superintendent of Insurance.

Straight-line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.


        PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS

PENALTY-FREE PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS OR TRANSFERS.  Upon request in writing, the
Certificate Owner may, during any Certificate Year prior to the Annuity Date,
withdraw up to 15% of the Premium Payment(s) or portion remaining thereof,
without incurring a withdrawal charge.   For this purpose each withdrawal is
deemed to


                                                                              18

<PAGE>

                            PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS,
               TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

represent a withdrawal of a portion of a Premium Payment previously accepted.
Premium Payments will be deemed to be withdrawn in the order in which they were
received by the Company (i.e., the oldest premium first).  Any such withdrawal
from a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment
unless the withdrawal is made at the end of a Guaranteed Period as set forth
below.  The Certificate Owner must specify from which Fixed and/or Variable Sub-
Accounts the withdrawal is to be made, otherwise the Company may effect such
withdrawal on a proportionate basis from all Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Accounts
in which the Annuity Account for this certificate is invested.

Such partial withdrawals may be either taken as a lump sum or, upon consent of
the Company, paid in equal installments, however, (a) no more than one penalty-
free partial withdrawal may be made during any one Certificate Year, (b) the
first withdrawal in any Certificate Year will be deemed to be the penalty-free
withdrawal up to the amount specified above, and (c) the amount of each such
partial withdrawal must be at least $1,000.

No withdrawal charge will be imposed on any withdrawal with respect to a Premium
Payment made under this certificate after the end of the seventh year following
the Company's acceptance of that Premium Payment.

The Certificate Owner may also transfer amounts within the Annuity Account
during the Accumulation Period without the application of a withdrawal charge,
however; (a) any transfers would be subject to any terms and conditions as may
be imposed under the "Transfer Privilege" provision, (b) transfers from a Fixed
Account Sub-Account may be subject to the "Market Value Adjustment" provision,
and (c) the amount of such transfer(s) must be at least $2,500 per Fixed Account
Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account Sub-Account.

FULL OR PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS AT THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD.  No
Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on a full or partial withdrawal or
transfer made from a Fixed Account Sub-Account which becomes effective at the
end of the applicable initial or subsequent Guaranteed Period.  In such event,
the Certificate Owner's proper request for withdrawal or transfer must be
received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address
within a 60-day period immediately preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period.

WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND/OR MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ON DEATH OR ANNUITY
DATE.  No withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon
payments made under the Annuity Benefit provisions of this certificate, and no
negative Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon payments made under the
"Death Benefit" provisions of this certificate.

PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION.  At any time the Certificate Owner may request in
writing payment of the then current Annuity Account Value under this certificate
in accordance with any one of the settlement options set forth in this
certificate.  In such event, no withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment
will be imposed at the time such settlement is made.  Such annuitization will
automatically result in a change in the Annuity Date to the date Income Payments
commence under the settlement option elected.


                               BENEFIT PROVISIONS

ANNUITY BENEFIT.  On the Annuity Date the Company will pay all or a part of the
adjusted value of the Annuity Account (as set forth below) in cash or apply it
in accordance with the settlement option(s) elected by the Certificate Owner.
However, if the amount to be applied under any settlement option is less than
$5,000, or if the first Income Payment payable in accordance with such option is
less than $50, the Company will pay the adjusted value in a single payment to
the payee designated by the Certificate Owner.


                                                                              19

<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ANNUITY DATE.  The Annuity Date initially selected by the Certificate Owner is
shown in the Certificate Specifications.  The Annuity Date may be changed from
time to time by the Certificate Owner by notifying the Company in writing.  The
notice must be received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity Date then in effect.  The
new Annuity Date selected must be at least 30 days after the effective date of
the change and not later than the Annuitant's 85th birthday.

After the Annuity Date, no change of a settlement option is permitted, no
payments may be requested under the "Cash Withdrawals" provision of the
certificate, and no Death Benefit is payable under the certificate except as
otherwise specified under the settlement option selected.

ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUITY BENEFIT.  During
the lifetime of the Certificate Owner and prior to the Annuity Date, the
Certificate Owner may elect to have the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
applied on the Annuity Date under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in this certificate, or under any other settlement option as agreed to by
the Company.  The Certificate Owner may also change any election, but any
election or change of election must be received at the Company's Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity
Date.  The election or change of election may be made by filing with the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address written notice in such
form as the Company may require.  If no such election is in effect on the 30th
day prior to the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity Account under
this certificate will be applied under a Life Annuity with 120 months
guaranteed.

In such situation, the portion of the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
under this certificate to be applied for a Fixed Life Annuity under the Second
Option and/or a Variable Life Annuity under Option II will be determined on a
pro rata basis from the composition of the Annuity Account on the Annuity Date.

DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.  On the Annuity Date the Annuity Account under this
certificate will be canceled and the adjusted value of the Annuity Account to be
applied under the settlement options provisions shall be equal to the Annuity
Account Value for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the
Annuity Date, minus a proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect
the time elapsed between the last Valuation Date for the most recent calendar
year and the Valuation Date before the Annuity Date, minus any applicable
premium or similar tax.  For the purposes of any qualified plan riders which may
be attached to this certificate, the term "Annuity Value," wherever referenced
therein, shall mean the "adjusted value of the Annuity Account" as defined
above.

INCOME PAYMENT BENEFITS.  On the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity
Account under this certificate as determined under the "Determination of Amount"
provision may be applied, as elected by the Certificate Owner, under one or more
of the settlement options set forth in the certificate to effect:  (a) a Fixed
Income Payment Benefit or a Variable Income Payment Benefit; or (b) a
combination of the Fixed Income Payment Benefit and the Variable Income Payment
Benefit.  If a combination Fixed and Variable Income Payment Benefit is elected,
the Certificate Owner may specify the amount to be allocated to the Fixed Income
Payment Benefit and the amount to be allocated to the Variable Income Payment
Benefit.  Such election and allocation may also be made by a Beneficiary to the
extent provided in the "Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to
Death Benefit Provision."

DEATH BENEFIT.  If the Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the
Company will pay the Death Benefit to the Beneficiary upon receipt of due proof
of the death of the Certificate Owner in accordance with the "Payment of Death
Benefit" provision.  If there is no Beneficiary living on the date of death of
the Certificate Owner, the Company will pay the Death Benefit, upon receipt of
due proof of the death of both the Certificate Owner and the Beneficiary, in one
sum to the estate of the Certificate Owner.  If the death of the Certificate
Owner occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable
under the certificate except as may be provided under the settlement option
elected.


                                                                              20

<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO DEATH BENEFIT.  During
the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Date, the Certificate
Owner may elect one or more of the settlement options set forth in this
certificate to effect an annuity for the Beneficiary as payee after the death of
the Certificate Owner.  This election may be made or subsequently revoked by
filing with the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address a written election or revocation of an election in such form as required
by the Company.

Any election or revocation of an election of a method of settlement of the Death
Benefit will become effective on the date it is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.

Unless otherwise specified in writing by the Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary
may elect (a) to receive the Death Benefit as a cash payment, in which event the
Annuity Account will be canceled, or (b) to have the Death Benefit applied under
one or more of the settlement options set forth under the certificate.  This
election may be made by filing with the Company a written request in a form as
required by the Company.  Any written request for an election of a settlement
option for the Death Benefit by the Beneficiary will become effective on the
later of (a) the date the request is received by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address; or (b) the date due proof of the
death of the Certificate Owner is received by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address.  If a written request for a
settlement option by the Beneficiary is not received by the Company within 60
days following the date due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner is
received by the Company, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected a cash
payment as of the last day of the 60-day period.

Notwithstanding the above, the Certificate Owner or Beneficiary may only elect a
settlement option which provides for the distribution of the entire Death
Benefit to the Beneficiary within five years of the Certificate Owner's death
unless:  (a) the entire interest in the contract is distributed over the life of
the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate
Owner's death; (b) the entire interest in the certificate is distributed over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with
distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate Owner's death; or (c)
the Beneficiary is the deceased Certificate Owner's spouse and elects to
continue the certificate and become the new Certificate Owner, but in no event
may such an election be made under this certificate more than once.

For purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, if any Certificate
Owner is not an individual, the death or change of any Annuitant under this
certificate is treated as the death of a Certificate Owner, and if the
Certificate Owner is a grantor trust within the meaning of the Internal Revenue
Code, the death of the grantor of such trust is also treated as the death of a
Certificate Owner.

PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT.  If the Death Benefit is to be paid in cash to the
Beneficiary, payment will be made within 7 days of the date the election becomes
effective or is deemed to become effective, provided due proof of the death of
the Certificate Owner is received by the Company at its Variable Products
Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be permitted to
defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account in
accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.  If the Death Benefit is to
be paid in one sum to the estate of the deceased Certificate Owner, payment will
be made within 7 days of the date due proof of the death of the Certificate
Owner (and/or Beneficiary, if necessary) is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be
permitted to defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account
in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.  If settlement under the
settlement option provisions is elected, the Income Payments will commence 30
days following the effective date or the deemed effective date of the election
and the Annuity Account will be maintained in effect until such Income Payments
commence.

AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT.  No negative Market Value Adjustment is assessed
against amounts which are applied toward payment of a death benefit under this
certificate. If the death benefit becomes payable before the Certificate
Owner's 85th birthday, the amount of the death benefit determined as of the
effective date or deemed effective date of the death benefit election (not as of
the date of death) is equal to the greatest of (a) the Annuity Account Value for
the Valuation Period during which the death benefit election is effective or
deemed to become effective, (b) the sum of all the Premium Payment(s) made under
the certificate less


                                                                              21

<PAGE>

                         BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
the sum of all partial withdrawals, or (c) the Annuity Account Value under
the certificate on the seven-year Certificate Anniversary immediately
preceding the date the death benefit election is effective or is deemed to
become effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and partial
withdrawals and charges made between the immediate preceding seven-year
Certificate Anniversary and the date the death benefit election is effective
or is deemed to become effective (as referenced herein, seven-year
Certificate Anniversary means the 7th Certificate Anniversary and each
succeeding Certificate Anniversary occurring at any seven-year interval
thereafter, for example, the 14th and 21st Certificate Anniversaries). If the
death benefit becomes payable after the Certificate Owner's 85th birthday,
the amount payable shall be the greatest of (a) or (b) above.

SECTION 72(s).  The provisions above will be interpreted so as to comply with
the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.


                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT AND THE CERTIFICATE.  The contract is an agreement between the
Contract Owner and the Company and this certificate is based on the group
contract.  The certificate (including any amendments, endorsements or rider
attached thereto), and the application for the certificate (a copy of which is
attached to the certificate when issued), constitute the entire certificate.

Only the President, a Vice President, an Assistant Vice President, a Secretary,
a Director or an Assistant Director of the Company may make or modify this
contract or any certificate issued under it.

Both the contract and this certificate are executed at the Company's Home
Office, the mailing address of which for this certificate is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Variable Products Service Center, Routing S224, Hartford, Connecticut
06152.

MODIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE.  The Company reserves the right to modify this
certificate to meet the requirements of applicable state and federal laws or
regulations.  The Company will notify the Certificate Owner in writing of any
changes that bear upon the certificate.

NON-PARTICIPATION.  This certificate is not entitled to share in surplus
distribution.

LOANS.  Loans are not permitted under this certificate.

DETERMINATION OF VALUES.  The method of determination by the Company of the Net
Investment Factor and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity
Units shall be conclusive upon the Certificate Owner, and any Beneficiary or
payee.  Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefits that may be
available under this certificate will not be less than the minimum benefits
required by the jurisdiction of issue.

ENDORSEMENT OF INCOME PAYMENTS.  The Company will make each Income Payment,
payable under this certificate, at the Home Office by check.  Each check must be
personally endorsed by the payee/Annuitant, or the Company may require that
proof of the payee/Annuitant's survival be furnished.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE.  If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, the amount
payable under the certificate will be adjusted to be the amount of income which
the actual premium paid would have purchased for the correct age according to
the Company's rates in effect on the Certificate Date.  Any overpayment by the
Company, with interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded annually, will be
charged against the payments to be made next succeeding the adjustment.  Any
underpayment by the Company will be paid in a lump sum, with interest at the
rate of 6% per year, compounded annually.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS.  To the extent permitted by law, no amounts payable under
this certificate will be subject to the claims of creditors of any payee.


                                                                              22

<PAGE>

PERIODIC REPORTS.  At least once each calendar year, the Company will furnish
the Certificate Owner a report as required by law showing the Annuity Account
Value at the end of the preceding year, all transactions during the year, the
current Annuity Account Value, the number of Accumulation Units in each Variable
Accumulation Account, the applicable Accumulation Unit Value as of the date of
the report and the interest rate credited to the Fixed Account Sub-Account(s).
The Company will also send such statements reflecting transactions in the
Annuity Account as may be required by applicable laws, rules and regulations and
any other information required by the Superintendent of Insurance.

                                                                              23

<PAGE>






                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
               WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING

<PAGE>


                         OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT

This rider is made part of the contract to which it is attached as of the Date
of Issue.  Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in accordance
with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net proceeds that may
be payable under the certificates issued under this contract.

While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner.  At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under a certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary.  Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.

PAYMENT DATES.  Under each certificate the first Income Payment under the
settlement option selected will be made on the first day of the month following
the Annuity Date.  Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each
month in accordance with the manner of payment selected.


MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT.  Under a certificate the settlement option elected must
result in an Income Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount in
accordance with the Company's rules then in effect.  If at any time payments are
less than the minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change the
frequency to an interval that will provide the minimum payment amount.  If any
amount due is less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other
arrangements that are equitable.

FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS.  Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected.  The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest.  In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.

FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY.  An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.

SECOND OPTION:  LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.

THIRD OPTION:  CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.

FOURTH OPTION:  ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.

EXCESS INTEREST.  At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.



AR421 X                                                                 (Page 1)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS.  The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%.  In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.

All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to a certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under a certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the first
Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit
Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date.  The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section.  The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.

ANNUITY UNIT VALUE.  The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account.  The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider.  The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.

EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS.  After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange.  Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.

Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only.  Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year.  For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment.  No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.

OPTION I:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.


AR421 X                                                                 (Page 2)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

OPTION II:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.

OPTION III:  VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN.  A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.  At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein.  At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable.  If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.

ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE OPTIONS.  Any proceeds payable under a certificate
may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by the Company
at the time of the request.


                                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                             /s/  Thomas C. Jones
                                                     PRESIDENT


AR421 X                                                                 (Page 3)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

          LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE FOR
                           EACH $1,000 APPLIED - MALE

 Settlement age of    Number of instalments certain
 Annuitant nearest
     birthday         60      120      180      240

 Age  Life Annuity

 10      $2.87      $2.87   $2.87    $2.87    $2.87
 11       2.89       2.89    2.89     2.88     2.88
 12       2.90       2.90    2.90     2.90     2.90
 13       2.92       2.92    2.91     2.91     2.91
 14       2.93       2.93    2.93     2.93     2.92

 15       2.95       2.95    2.95     2.94     2.94
 16       2.96       2.96    2.96     2.96     2.96
 17       2.98       2.98    2.98     2.98     2.97
 18       3.00       3.00    3.00     2.99     2.99
 19       3.02       3.02    3.01     3.01     3.01

 20       3.04       3.04    3.03     3.03     3.03
 21       3.06       3.05    3.05     3.05     3.05
 22       3.08       3.08    3.07     3.07     3.07
 23       3.10       3.10    3.09     3.09     3.09
 24       3.12       3.12    3.12     3.11     3.11

 25       3.14       3.14    3.14     3.14     3.13
 26       3.17       3.17    3.16     3.16     3.15
 27       3.19       3.19    3.19     3.19     3.18
 28       3.22       3.22    3.22     3.21     3.20
 29       3.25       3.25    3.24     3.24     3.23

 30       3.28       3.28    3.27     3.27     3.26
 31       3.31       3.31    3.30     3.30     3.29
 32       3.34       3.34    3.33     3.33     3.32
 33       3.37       3.37    3.37     3.36     3.35
 34       3.41       3.41    3.40     3.39     3.38

 35       3.44       3.44    3.44     3.43     3.41
 36       3.48       3.48    3.48     3.46     3.45
 37       3.52       3.52    3.52     3.50     3.48
 38       3.57       3.56    3.56     3.54     3.52
 39       3.61       3.61    3.60     3.58     3.56

 40       3.66       3.65    3.65     3.63     3.60
 41       3.71       3.70    3.69     3.67     3.64
 42       3.76       3.75    3.74     3.72     3.68
 43       3.81       3.81    3.79     3.77     3.73
 44       3.87       3.86    3.85     3.82     3.77

 45       3.93       3.92    3.90     3.87     3.82
 46       3.99       3.98    3.96     3.92     3.87
 47       4.05       4.05    4.02     3.98     3.92
 48       4.12       4.11    4.09     4.04     3.97
 49       4.19       4.18    4.15     4.10     4.03

 50       4.27       4.26    4.22     4.17     4.08
 51       4.34       4.33    4.30     4.23     4.14
 52       4.43       4.41    4.37     4.30     4.20
 53       4.51       4.50    4.45     4.37     4.26
 54       4.60       4.59    4.54     4.45     4.32

 55       4.70       4.68    4.62     4.53     4.39
 56       4.80       4.78    4.72     4.61     4.45
 57       4.91       4.89    4.82     4.69     4.51
 58       5.03       5.00    4.92     4.78     4.58
 59       5.15       5.12    5.03     4.87     4.65

 60       5.28       5.25    5.14     4.96     4.71
 61       5.43       5.39    5.27     5.06     4.78
 62       5.58       5.53    5.39     5.16     4.84
 63       5.74       5.69    5.53     5.26     4.90
 64       5.91       5.85    5.66     5.36     4.96

 65       6.10       6.03    5.81     5.46     5.02
 66       6.30       6.21    5.96     5.56     5.08
 67       6.51       6.41    6.12     5.66     5.13
 68       6.73       6.62    6.28     5.77     5.18
 69       6.97       6.84    6.44     5.86     5.23

 70       7.23       7.07    6.61     5.96     5.27
 71       7.51       7.32    6.79     6.05     5.31
 72       7.80       7.58    6.96     6.14     5.34
 73       8.12       7.85    7.14     6.23     5.37
 74       8.46       8.14    7.32     6.31     5.40

 75       8.82       8.45    7.50     6.38     5.42
 76       9.21       8.76    7.67     6.45     5.44
 77       9.63       9.10    7.84     6.51     5.45
 78      10.08       9.44    8.01     6.57     5.47
 79      10.56       9.80    8.17     6.62     5.48

 80      11.07      10.17    8.33     6.66     5.49
 81      11.62      10.55    8.48     6.70     5.49
 82      12.20      10.94    8.61     6.73     5.50
 83      12.82      11.33    8.74     6.76     5.50
 84      13.47      11.73    8.86     6.79     5.51

 85      14.17      12.12    8.97     6.81     5.51


AR421 X                                                                 (Page 4)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

          LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE FOR
                          EACH $1,000 APPLIED - FEMALE

 Settlement age of    Number of instalments certain
 Annuitant nearest
     birthday         60      120      180      240

 Age  Life Annuity

 10      $2.80      $2.80   $2.80    $2.80    $2.80
 11       2.81       2.81    2.81     2.81     2.81
 12       2.82       2.82    2.82     2.82     2.82
 13       2.83       2.83    2.83     2.83     2.83
 14       2.85       2.85    2.85     2.84     2.84

 15       2.86       2.86    2.86     2.86     2.86
 16       2.87       2.87    2.87     2.87     2.87
 17       2.89       2.89    2.89     2.88     2.88
 18       2.90       2.90    2.90     2.90     2.90
 19       2.92       2.92    2.92     2.91     2.91

 20       2.93       2.93    2.93     2.93     2.93
 21       2.95       2.95    2.95     2.95     2.94
 22       2.96       2.96    2.96     2.96     2.96
 23       2.98       2.98    2.98     2.98     2.98
 24       3.00       3.00    3.00     3.00     2.99

 25       3.02       3.02    3.02     3.02     3.01
 26       3.04       3.04    3.04     3.03     3.03
 27       3.06       3.06    3.06     3.06     3.05
 28       3.08       3.08    3.08     3.08     3.07
 29       3.10       3.10    3.10     3.10     3.09

 30       3.13       3.13    3.12     3.12     3.12
 31       3.15       3.15    3.15     3.14     3.14
 32       3.18       3.18    3.17     3.17     3.16
 33       3.20       3.20    3.20     3.20     3.19
 34       3.23       3.23    3.23     3.22     3.22

 35       3.26       3.26    3.26     3.25     3.24
 36       3.29       3.29    3.29     3.28     3.27
 37       3.32       3.32    3.32     3.31     3.30
 38       3.35       3.35    3.35     3.34     3.33
 39       3.39       3.39    3.38     3.38     3.37

 40       3.42       3.42    3.42     3.41     3.40
 41       3.46       3.46    3.46     3.45     3.43
 42       3.50       3.50    3.50     3.49     3.47
 43       3.54       3.54    3.54     3.53     3.51
 44       3.59       3.59    3.58     3.57     3.55

 45       3.64       3.63    3.63     3.61     3.59
 46       3.68       3.68    3.67     3.66     3.63
 47       3.73       3.73    3.72     3.71     3.68
 48       3.79       3.79    3.77     3.76     3.72
 49       3.84       3.84    3.83     3.81     3.77

 50       3.90       3.90    3.89     3.86     3.82
 51       3.97       3.96    3.95     3.92     3.88
 52       4.03       4.03    4.01     3.98     3.93
 53       4.10       4.10    4.08     4.04     3.99
 54       4.18       4.17    4.15     4.11     4.04

 55       4.25       4.25    4.22     4.18     4.11
 56       4.34       4.33    4.30     4.25     4.17
 57       4.42       4.41    4.38     4.32     4.23
 58       4.52       4.51    4.47     4.40     4.30
 59       4.61       4.60    4.56     4.48     4.37

 60       4.72       4.70    4.66     4.57     4.44
 61       4.83       4.81    4.76     4.66     4.51
 62       4.95       4.93    4.87     4.75     4.58
 63       5.08       5.05    4.98     4.85     4.65
 64       5.21       5.18    5.10     4.95     4.72

 65       5.36       5.32    5.22     5.05     4.79
 66       5.51       5.47    5.36     5.16     4.86
 67       5.67       5.63    5.50     5.26     4.93
 68       5.85       5.80    5.65     5.37     5.00
 69       6.04       5.98    5.80     5.49     5.06

 70       6.25       6.18    5.97     5.60     5.12
 71       6.47       6.39    6.14     5.71     5.18
 72       6.71       6.62    6.32     5.83     5.23
 73       6.98       6.86    6.50     5.94     5.28
 74       7.26       7.12    6.69     6.04     5.32

 75       7.57       7.40    6.89     6.14     5.35
 76       7.90       7.69    7.09     6.24     5.39
 77       8.26       8.01    7.29     6.33     5.41
 78       8.65       8.34    7.49     6.41     5.43
 79       9.08       8.70    7.69     6.49     5.45

 80       9.54       9.07    7.89     6.55     5.47
 81      10.03       9.47    8.08     6.61     5.48
 82      10.58       9.88    8.26     6.66     5.49
 83      11.16      10.31    8.43     6.70     5.49
 84      11.80      10.75    8.59     6.74     5.50

 85      12.48      11.20    8.74     6.77     5.50


                  ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED

    Numbers of years       Amount of each instalment
      during which
   instalments will be
          paid                Annual         Monthly

          5                  $ 211.99       $ 17.91
          6                    179.22         15.14
          7                    155.83         13.16
          8                    138.31         11.68
          9                    124.69         10.53
         10                    113.82          9.61

         11                    104.93          8.86
         12                     97.54          8.24
         13                     91.29          7.71
         14                     85.95          7.26
         15                     81.33          6.87
         16                     77.29          6.53

         17                     73.74          6.23
         18                     70.59          5.96
         19                     67.78          5.73
         20                     65.26          5.51
         25                     55.76          4.71


AR421 X                                                                 (Page 5)
<PAGE>


                         OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT

This rider is made part of the contract to which it is attached as of the
Date of Issue.  Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in
accordance with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net
proceeds that may be payable under this contract.

While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner.  At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under the certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary.  Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.

PAYMENT DATES.  Under each certificate the first Income Payment under the
settlement option selected will be made on the first day of the month following
the Annuity Date.  Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each
month in accordance with the manner of payment selected.

MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT.  Under each certificate the settlement option elected
must result in an Income Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount
in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect.  If at any time payments
are less than the minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change
the frequency to an interval that will provide the minimum payment amount.  If
any amount due is less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other
arrangements that are equitable.

FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS.  Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected.  The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest.  In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.

FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY.  An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.

SECOND OPTION:  LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.

THIRD OPTION:  CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.

FOURTH OPTION:  ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.

EXCESS INTEREST.  At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.



AR421 X-U                                                               (Page 1)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS.  The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%.  In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.

All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to the certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under the certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the
first Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity
Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date.  The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section.  The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.

ANNUITY UNIT VALUE.  The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account.  The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider.  The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.

EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS.  After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange.  Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.

Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only.  Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year.  For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment.  No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.

OPTION I:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.


AR421 X-U                                                               (Page 2)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

OPTION II:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.

OPTION III:  VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN.  A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.  At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein.  At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable.  If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.

ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS.  Any proceeds payable under a
certificate may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by
the Company at the time of the request.


                                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                        /s/  Thomas C. Jones
                                               PRESIDENT


AR421 X-U                                                               (Page 3)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

            LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
                        FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - UNISEX


 Settlement age of    Number of instalments certain
 Annuitant nearest
     birthday         60      120      180      240

 Age  Life Annuity

 10      $2.84      $2.84   $2.84    $2.84    $2.83
 11       2.85       2.85    2.85     2.85     2.85
 12       2.86       2.86    2.86     2.86     2.86
 13       2.88       2.88    2.88     2.87     2.87
 14       2.89       2.89    2.89     2.89     2.89

 15       2.91       2.90    2.90     2.90     2.90
 16       2.92       2.92    2.92     2.92     2.91
 17       2.94       2.94    2.93     2.93     2.93
 18       2.95       2.95    2.95     2.95     2.95
 19       2.97       2.97    2.97     2.96     2.96

 20       2.99       2.99    2.98     2.98     2.98
 21       3.00       3.00    3.00     3.00     3.00
 22       3.02       3.02    3.02     3.02     3.01
 23       3.04       3.04    3.04     3.04     3.03
 24       3.06       3.06    3.06     3.06     3.05

 25       3.08       3.08    3.08     3.08     3.07
 26       3.11       3.11    3.10     3.10     3.10
 27       3.13       3.13    3.13     3.12     3.12
 28       3.15       3.15    3.15     3.15     3.14
 29       3.18       3.18    3.17     3.17     3.16

 30       3.20       3.20    3.20     3.20     3.19
 31       3.23       3.23    3.23     3.22     3.22
 32       3.26       3.26    3.26     3.25     3.24
 33       3.29       3.29    3.29     3.28     3.27
 34       3.32       3.32    3.32     3.31     3.30

 35       3.35       3.35    3.35     3.34     3.33
 36       3.39       3.39    3.38     3.38     3.36
 37       3.42       3.42    3.42     3.41     3.40
 38       3.46       3.46    3.46     3.45     3.43
 39       3.50       3.50    3.49     3.48     3.47

 40       3.54       3.54    3.54     3.52     3.50
 41       3.59       3.59    3.58     3.56     3.54
 42       3.63       3.63    3.62     3.61     3.58
 43       3.68       3.68    3.67     3.65     3.62
 44       3.73       3.73    3.72     3.70     3.67

 45       3.78       3.78    3.77     3.74     3.71
 46       3.84       3.84    3.82     3.79     3.76
 47       3.90       3.89    3.88     3.85     3.80
 48       3.96       3.95    3.93     3.90     3.85
 49       4.02       4.02    3.99     3.96     3.91

 50       4.09       4.08    4.06     4.02     3.96
 51       4.16       4.15    4.13     4.08     4.01
 52       4.23       4.22    4.20     4.15     4.07
 53       4.31       4.30    4.27     4.21     4.13
 54       4.39       4.38    4.35     4.28     4.19

 55       4.48       4.47    4.43     4.36     4.25
 56       4.57       4.56    4.51     4.43     4.32
 57       4.67       4.65    4.60     4.51     4.38
 58       4.78       4.76    4.70     4.60     4.45
 59       4.89       4.87    4.80     4.68     4.51

 60       5.00       4.98    4.91     4.77     4.58
 61       5.13       5.10    5.02     4.87     4.65
 62       5.27       5.23    5.13     4.96     4.72
 63       5.41       5.37    5.26     5.06     4.79
 64       5.56       5.52    5.39     5.16     4.85

 65       5.73       5.68    5.52     5.27     4.92
 66       5.90       5.84    5.67     5.37     4.98
 67       6.09       6.02    5.82     5.48     5.04
 68       6.29       6.21    5.97     5.58     5.10
 69       6.51       6.41    6.13     5.69     5.15

 70       6.74       6.63    6.30     5.79     5.20
 71       6.99       6.86    6.47     5.90     5.25
 72       7.25       7.10    6.65     6.00     5.29
 73       7.54       7.36    6.83     6.09     5.33
 74       7.85       7.63    7.02     6.19     5.36

 75       8.19       7.92    7.21     6.27     5.39
 76       8.55       8.23    7.39     6.36     5.42
 77       8.93       8.56    7.58     6.43     5.44
 78       9.35       8.90    7.77     6.50     5.45
 79       9.80       9.26    7.95     6.56     5.47

 80      10.29       9.63    8.12     6.61     5.48
 81      10.81      10.02    8.29     6.66     5.49
 82      11.37      10.42    8.45     6.70     5.49
 83      11.98      10.83    8.60     6.74     5.50
 84      12.62      11.25    8.74     6.76     5.50

 85      13.31      11.67    8.86     6.79     5.51



                  ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED

    Numbers of years       Amount of each instalment
      during which
   instalments will be
          paid                Annual         Monthly

          5                  $ 211.99       $ 17.91
          6                    179.22         15.14
          7                    155.83         13.16
          8                    138.31         11.68
          9                    124.69         10.53
         10                    113.82          9.61

         11                    104.93          8.86
         12                     97.54          8.24
         13                     91.29          7.71
         14                     85.95          7.26
         15                     81.33          6.87
         16                     77.29          6.53

         17                     73.74          6.23
         18                     70.59          5.96
         19                     67.78          5.73
         20                     65.26          5.51
         25                     55.76          4.71
         30                     49.53          4.18

AR421 X-U                                                               (Page 4)

<PAGE>


                         OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT

This rider is made part of the certificate to which it is attached as of the
Certificate Date.  Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in
accordance with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net
proceeds that may be payable under the certificate.

While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner.  At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under the certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary.  Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.

PAYMENT DATES.  The first Income Payment under the settlement option selected
will be made on the first day of the month following the Annuity Date.
Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each month in accordance
with the manner of payment selected.

MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT.  The settlement option elected must result in an Income
Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount in accordance with the
Company's rules then in effect.  If at any time payments are less than the
minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change the frequency to an
interval that will provide the minimum payment amount.  If any amount due is
less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other arrangements that are
equitable.

FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS.  Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected.  The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest.  In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.

FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY.  An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.

SECOND OPTION:  LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.

THIRD OPTION:  CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.

FOURTH OPTION:  ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.

EXCESS INTEREST.  At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.



AR422                                                                   (Page 1)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS.  The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%.  In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.

All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to the certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under the certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the
first Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity
Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date.  The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section.  The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.

ANNUITY UNIT VALUE.  The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account.  The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider.  The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.

EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS.  After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange.  Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.

Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only.  Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year.  For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment.  No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.

OPTION I:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.


AR422                                                                   (Page 2)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

OPTION II:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.

OPTION III:  VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN.  A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.  At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein.  At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable.  If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.

ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE OPTIONS.  Any proceeds payable under the
certificate may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by
the Company at the time of the request.


                                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                        /s/  Thomas C. Jones
                                               PRESIDENT


AR422                                                                   (Page 3)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

            LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
                         FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - MALE


 Settlement age of    Number of instalments certain
 Annuitant nearest
     birthday         60      120      180      240

 Age  Life Annuity

 10      $2.87      $2.87   $2.87    $2.87    $2.87
 11       2.89       2.89    2.89     2.88     2.88
 12       2.90       2.90    2.90     2.90     2.90
 13       2.92       2.92    2.91     2.91     2.91
 14       2.93       2.93    2.93     2.93     2.92

 15       2.95       2.95    2.95     2.94     2.94
 16       2.96       2.96    2.96     2.96     2.96
 17       2.98       2.98    2.98     2.98     2.97
 18       3.00       3.00    3.00     2.99     2.99
 19       3.02       3.02    3.01     3.01     3.01

 20       3.04       3.04    3.03     3.03     3.03
 21       3.06       3.05    3.05     3.05     3.05
 22       3.08       3.08    3.07     3.07     3.07
 23       3.10       3.10    3.09     3.09     3.09
 24       3.12       3.12    3.12     3.11     3.11

 25       3.14       3.14    3.14     3.14     3.13
 26       3.17       3.17    3.16     3.16     3.15
 27       3.19       3.19    3.19     3.19     3.18
 28       3.22       3.22    3.22     3.21     3.20
 29       3.25       3.25    3.24     3.24     3.23

 30       3.28       3.28    3.27     3.27     3.26
 31       3.31       3.31    3.30     3.30     3.29
 32       3.34       3.34    3.33     3.33     3.32
 33       3.37       3.37    3.37     3.36     3.35
 34       3.41       3.41    3.40     3.39     3.38

 35       3.44       3.44    3.44     3.43     3.41
 36       3.48       3.48    3.48     3.46     3.45
 37       3.52       3.52    3.52     3.50     3.48
 38       3.57       3.56    3.56     3.54     3.52
 39       3.61       3.61    3.60     3.58     3.56

 40       3.66       3.65    3.65     3.63     3.60
 41       3.71       3.70    3.69     3.67     3.64
 42       3.76       3.75    3.74     3.72     3.68
 43       3.81       3.81    3.79     3.77     3.73
 44       3.87       3.86    3.85     3.82     3.77

 45       3.93       3.92    3.90     3.87     3.82
 46       3.99       3.98    3.96     3.92     3.87
 47       4.05       4.05    4.02     3.98     3.92
 48       4.12       4.11    4.09     4.04     3.97
 49       4.19       4.18    4.15     4.10     4.03

 50       4.27       4.26    4.22     4.17     4.08
 51       4.34       4.33    4.30     4.23     4.14
 52       4.43       4.41    4.37     4.30     4.20
 53       4.51       4.50    4.45     4.37     4.26
 54       4.60       4.59    4.54     4.45     4.32

 55       4.70       4.68    4.62     4.53     4.39
 56       4.80       4.78    4.72     4.61     4.45
 57       4.91       4.89    4.82     4.69     4.51
 58       5.03       5.00    4.92     4.78     4.58
 59       5.15       5.12    5.03     4.87     4.65

 60       5.28       5.25    5.14     4.96     4.71
 61       5.43       5.39    5.27     5.06     4.78
 62       5.58       5.53    5.39     5.16     4.84
 63       5.74       5.69    5.53     5.26     4.90
 64       5.91       5.85    5.66     5.36     4.96

 65       6.10       6.03    5.81     5.46     5.02
 66       6.30       6.21    5.96     5.56     5.08
 67       6.51       6.41    6.12     5.66     5.13
 68       6.73       6.62    6.28     5.77     5.18
 69       6.97       6.84    6.44     5.86     5.23

 70       7.23       7.07    6.61     5.96     5.27
 71       7.51       7.32    6.79     6.05     5.31
 72       7.80       7.58    6.96     6.14     5.34
 73       8.12       7.85    7.14     6.23     5.37
 74       8.46       8.14    7.32     6.31     5.40

 75       8.82       8.45    7.50     6.38     5.42
 76       9.21       8.76    7.67     6.45     5.44
 77       9.63       9.10    7.84     6.51     5.45
 78      10.08       9.44    8.01     6.57     5.47
 79      10.56       9.80    8.17     6.62     5.48

 80      11.07      10.17    8.33     6.66     5.49
 81      11.62      10.55    8.48     6.70     5.49
 82      12.20      10.94    8.61     6.73     5.50
 83      12.82      11.33    8.74     6.76     5.50
 84      13.47      11.73    8.86     6.79     5.51

 85      14.17      12.12    8.97     6.81     5.51


AR422                                                                   (Page 4)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

            LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
                        FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - FEMALE

 Settlement age of    Number of instalments certain
 Annuitant nearest
     birthday          60      120      180      240

 Age  Life Annuity

 10      $2.80      $2.80   $2.80    $2.80    $2.80
 11       2.81       2.81    2.81     2.81     2.81
 12       2.82       2.82    2.82     2.82     2.82
 13       2.83       2.83    2.83     2.83     2.83
 14       2.85       2.85    2.85     2.84     2.84

 15       2.86       2.86    2.86     2.86     2.86
 16       2.87       2.87    2.87     2.87     2.87
 17       2.89       2.89    2.89     2.88     2.88
 18       2.90       2.90    2.90     2.90     2.90
 19       2.92       2.92    2.92     2.91     2.91

 20       2.93       2.93    2.93     2.93     2.93
 21       2.95       2.95    2.95     2.95     2.94
 22       2.96       2.96    2.96     2.96     2.96
 23       2.98       2.98    2.98     2.98     2.98
 24       3.00       3.00    3.00     3.00     2.99

 25       3.02       3.02    3.02     3.02     3.01
 26       3.04       3.04    3.04     3.03     3.03
 27       3.06       3.06    3.06     3.06     3.05
 28       3.08       3.08    3.08     3.08     3.07
 29       3.10       3.10    3.10     3.10     3.09

 30       3.13       3.13    3.12     3.12     3.12
 31       3.15       3.15    3.15     3.14     3.14
 32       3.18       3.18    3.17     3.17     3.16
 33       3.20       3.20    3.20     3.20     3.19
 34       3.23       3.23    3.23     3.22     3.22

 35       3.26       3.26    3.26     3.25     3.24
 36       3.29       3.29    3.29     3.28     3.27
 37       3.32       3.32    3.32     3.31     3.30
 38       3.35       3.35    3.35     3.34     3.33
 39       3.39       3.39    3.38     3.38     3.37

 40       3.42       3.42    3.42     3.41     3.40
 41       3.46       3.46    3.46     3.45     3.43
 42       3.50       3.50    3.50     3.49     3.47
 43       3.54       3.54    3.54     3.53     3.51
 44       3.59       3.59    3.58     3.57     3.55

 45       3.64       3.63    3.63     3.61     3.59
 46       3.68       3.68    3.67     3.66     3.63
 47       3.73       3.73    3.72     3.71     3.68
 48       3.79       3.79    3.77     3.76     3.72
 49       3.84       3.84    3.83     3.81     3.77

 50       3.90       3.90    3.89     3.86     3.82
 51       3.97       3.96    3.95     3.92     3.88
 52       4.03       4.03    4.01     3.98     3.93
 53       4.10       4.10    4.08     4.04     3.99
 54       4.18       4.17    4.15     4.11     4.04

 55       4.25       4.25    4.22     4.18     4.11
 56       4.34       4.33    4.30     4.25     4.17
 57       4.42       4.41    4.38     4.32     4.23
 58       4.52       4.51    4.47     4.40     4.30
 59       4.61       4.60    4.56     4.48     4.37

 60       4.72       4.70    4.66     4.57     4.44
 61       4.83       4.81    4.76     4.66     4.51
 62       4.95       4.93    4.87     4.75     4.58
 63       5.08       5.05    4.98     4.85     4.65
 64       5.21       5.18    5.10     4.95     4.72

 65       5.36       5.32    5.22     5.05     4.79
 66       5.51       5.47    5.36     5.16     4.86
 67       5.67       5.63    5.50     5.26     4.93
 68       5.85       5.80    5.65     5.37     5.00
 69       6.04       5.98    5.80     5.49     5.06

 70       6.25       6.18    5.97     5.60     5.12
 71       6.47       6.39    6.14     5.71     5.18
 72       6.71       6.62    6.32     5.83     5.23
 73       6.98       6.86    6.50     5.94     5.28
 74       7.26       7.12    6.69     6.04     5.32

 75       7.57       7.40    6.89     6.14     5.35
 76       7.90       7.69    7.09     6.24     5.39
 77       8.26       8.01    7.29     6.33     5.41
 78       8.65       8.34    7.49     6.41     5.43
 79       9.08       8.70    7.69     6.49     5.45

 80       9.54       9.07    7.89     6.55     5.47
 81      10.03       9.47    8.08     6.61     5.48
 82      10.58       9.88    8.26     6.66     5.49
 83      11.16      10.31    8.43     6.70     5.49
 84      11.80      10.75    8.59     6.74     5.50

 85      12.48      11.20    8.74     6.77     5.50


                  ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED

    Numbers of years       Amount of each instalment
      during which
   instalments will be
          paid                Annual         Monthly

          5                  $ 211.99       $ 17.91
          6                    179.22         15.14
          7                    155.83         13.16
          8                    138.31         11.68
          9                    124.69         10.53
         10                    113.82          9.61

         11                    104.93          8.86
         12                     97.54          8.24
         13                     91.29          7.71
         14                     85.95          7.26
         15                     81.33          6.87
         16                     77.29          6.53

         17                     73.74          6.23
         18                     70.59          5.96
         19                     67.78          5.73
         20                     65.26          5.51
         25                     55.76          4.71


AR422                                                                   (Page 5)
<PAGE>


                         OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT

This rider is made part of the certificate to which it is attached as of the
Certificate Date.  Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in
accordance with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net
proceeds that may be payable under the certificate.

While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner.  At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under the certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary.  Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.

PAYMENT DATES.  The first Income Payment under the settlement option selected
will be made on the first day of the month following the Annuity Date.
Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each month in accordance
with the manner of payment selected.

MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT.  The settlement option elected must result in an Income
Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount in accordance with the
Company's rules then in effect.  If at any time payments are less than the
minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change the frequency to an
interval that will provide the minimum payment amount.  If any amount due is
less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other arrangements that are
equitable.

FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS.  Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected.  The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest.  In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.

FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY.  An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.

SECOND OPTION:  LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.

THIRD OPTION:  CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.

FOURTH OPTION:  ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.

EXCESS INTEREST.  At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.




AR422-U                                                                 (Page 1)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS.  The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable.  The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%.  In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.

All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to the certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under the certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the
first Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity
Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date.  The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section.  The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.

ANNUITY UNIT VALUE.  The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account.  The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider.  The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.

EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS.  After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange.  Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.

Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only.  Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.

ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE.  After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year.  For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment.  No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.

OPTION I:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY.  A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.


AR422-U                                                                 (Page 2)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

OPTION II:  VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD.  A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.

OPTION III:  VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN.  A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.  At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein.  At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable.  If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.

ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS.  Any proceeds payable under the
certificate may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by
the Company at the time of the request.


                                   CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                        /s/  Thomas C. Jones
                                               PRESIDENT


AR422-U                                                                 (Page 3)
<PAGE>

                   OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)

            LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
                        FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - UNISEX


 Settlement age of    Number of instalments certain
 Annuitant nearest
     birthday         60      120      180      240

 Age  Life Annuity

 10      $2.84      $2.84   $2.84    $2.84    $2.83
 11       2.85       2.85    2.85     2.85     2.85
 12       2.86       2.86    2.86     2.86     2.86
 13       2.88       2.88    2.88     2.87     2.87
 14       2.89       2.89    2.89     2.89     2.89

 15       2.91       2.90    2.90     2.90     2.90
 16       2.92       2.92    2.92     2.92     2.91
 17       2.94       2.94    2.93     2.93     2.93
 18       2.95       2.95    2.95     2.95     2.95
 19       2.97       2.97    2.97     2.96     2.96

 20       2.99       2.99    2.98     2.98     2.98
 21       3.00       3.00    3.00     3.00     3.00
 22       3.02       3.02    3.02     3.02     3.01
 23       3.04       3.04    3.04     3.04     3.03
 24       3.06       3.06    3.06     3.06     3.05

 25       3.08       3.08    3.08     3.08     3.07
 26       3.11       3.11    3.10     3.10     3.10
 27       3.13       3.13    3.13     3.12     3.12
 28       3.15       3.15    3.15     3.15     3.14
 29       3.18       3.18    3.17     3.17     3.16

 30       3.20       3.20    3.20     3.20     3.19
 31       3.23       3.23    3.23     3.22     3.22
 32       3.26       3.26    3.26     3.25     3.24
 33       3.29       3.29    3.29     3.28     3.27
 34       3.32       3.32    3.32     3.31     3.30

 35       3.35       3.35    3.35     3.34     3.33
 36       3.39       3.39    3.38     3.38     3.36
 37       3.42       3.42    3.42     3.41     3.40
 38       3.46       3.46    3.46     3.45     3.43
 39       3.50       3.50    3.49     3.48     3.47

 40       3.54       3.54    3.54     3.52     3.50
 41       3.59       3.59    3.58     3.56     3.54
 42       3.63       3.63    3.62     3.61     3.50
 43       3.68       3.68    3.67     3.65     3.62
 44       3.73       3.73    3.72     3.70     3.67

 45       3.78       3.78    3.77     3.74     3.71
 46       3.84       3.84    3.82     3.79     3.76
 47       3.90       3.89    3.88     3.85     3.80
 48       3.96       3.95    3.93     3.90     3.85
 49       4.02       4.02    3.99     3.96     3.91

 50       4.09       4.08    4.06     4.02     3.96
 51       4.16       4.15    4.13     4.08     4.01
 52       4.23       4.22    4.20     4.15     4.07
 53       4.31       4.30    4.27     4.21     4.13
 54       4.39       4.38    4.35     4.28     4.19

 55       4.48       4.47    4.43     4.36     4.25
 56       4.57       4.56    4.51     4.43     4.32
 57       4.67       4.65    4.60     4.51     4.38
 58       4.78       4.76    4.70     4.60     4.45
 59       4.89       4.87    4.80     4.68     4.51

 60       5.00       4.98    4.91     4.77     4.58
 61       5.13       5.10    5.02     4.87     4.65
 62       5.27       5.23    5.13     4.96     4.72
 63       5.41       5.37    5.26     5.06     4.79
 64       5.56       5.52    5.39     5.16     4.85

 65       5.73       5.68    5.52     5.27     4.92
 66       5.90       5.84    5.67     5.37     4.98
 67       6.09       6.02    5.82     5.48     5.04
 68       6.29       6.21    5.97     5.58     5.10
 69       6.51       6.41    6.13     5.69     5.15

 70       6.74       6.63    6.30     5.79     5.20
 71       6.99       6.86    6.47     5.90     5.25
 72       7.25       7.10    6.65     6.00     5.29
 73       7.54       7.36    6.83     6.09     5.33
 74       7.85       7.63    7.02     6.19     5.36

 75       8.19       7.92    7.21     6.27     5.39
 76       8.55       8.23    7.39     6.36     5.42
 77       8.93       8.56    7.58     6.43     5.44
 78       9.35       8.90    7.77     6.50     5.45
 79       9.80       9.26    7.95     6.56     5.47

 80      10.29       9.63    8.12     6.61     5.48
 81      10.81      10.02    8.29     6.66     5.49
 82      11.37      10.42    8.45     6.70     5.49
 83      11.98      10.83    8.60     6.74     5.50
 84      12.62      11.25    8.74     6.76     5.50

 85      13.31      11.67    8.86     6.79     5.51



                  ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED

    Numbers of years       Amount of each instalment
      during which
   instalments will be
          paid                Annual         Monthly

          5                  $ 211.99       $ 17.91
          6                    179.22         15.14
          7                    155.83         13.16
          8                    138.31         11.68
          9                    124.69         10.53
         10                    113.82          9.61

         11                    104.93          8.86
         12                     97.54          8.24
         13                     91.29          7.71
         14                     85.95          7.26
         15                     81.33          6.87
         16                     77.29          6.53

         17                     73.74          6.23
         18                     70.59          5.96
         19                     67.78          5.73
         20                     65.26          5.51
         25                     55.76          4.71
         30                     49.53          4.18

AR422-U                                                                 (Page 4)


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission